US20110307015A1 - Adaptive spinal rod and methods for stabilization of the spine - Google Patents
Adaptive spinal rod and methods for stabilization of the spine Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20110307015A1 US20110307015A1 US13/014,894 US201113014894A US2011307015A1 US 20110307015 A1 US20110307015 A1 US 20110307015A1 US 201113014894 A US201113014894 A US 201113014894A US 2011307015 A1 US2011307015 A1 US 2011307015A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- rod
- ball
- spinal rod
- adaptive
- bone anchor
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/56—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
- A61B17/58—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
- A61B17/68—Internal fixation devices, including fasteners and spinal fixators, even if a part thereof projects from the skin
- A61B17/70—Spinal positioners or stabilisers ; Bone stabilisers comprising fluid filler in an implant
- A61B17/7001—Screws or hooks combined with longitudinal elements which do not contact vertebrae
- A61B17/7002—Longitudinal elements, e.g. rods
- A61B17/7004—Longitudinal elements, e.g. rods with a cross-section which varies along its length
- A61B17/7007—Parts of the longitudinal elements, e.g. their ends, being specially adapted to fit around the screw or hook heads
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/56—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
- A61B17/58—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
- A61B17/68—Internal fixation devices, including fasteners and spinal fixators, even if a part thereof projects from the skin
- A61B17/70—Spinal positioners or stabilisers ; Bone stabilisers comprising fluid filler in an implant
- A61B17/7001—Screws or hooks combined with longitudinal elements which do not contact vertebrae
- A61B17/7041—Screws or hooks combined with longitudinal elements which do not contact vertebrae with single longitudinal rod offset laterally from single row of screws or hooks
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/56—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
- A61B17/58—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
- A61B17/68—Internal fixation devices, including fasteners and spinal fixators, even if a part thereof projects from the skin
- A61B17/70—Spinal positioners or stabilisers ; Bone stabilisers comprising fluid filler in an implant
- A61B17/7074—Tools specially adapted for spinal fixation operations other than for bone removal or filler handling
- A61B17/7076—Tools specially adapted for spinal fixation operations other than for bone removal or filler handling for driving, positioning or assembling spinal clamps or bone anchors specially adapted for spinal fixation
- A61B17/7082—Tools specially adapted for spinal fixation operations other than for bone removal or filler handling for driving, positioning or assembling spinal clamps or bone anchors specially adapted for spinal fixation for driving, i.e. rotating, screws or screw parts specially adapted for spinal fixation, e.g. for driving polyaxial or tulip-headed screws
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/56—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
- A61B17/58—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
- A61B17/68—Internal fixation devices, including fasteners and spinal fixators, even if a part thereof projects from the skin
- A61B17/70—Spinal positioners or stabilisers ; Bone stabilisers comprising fluid filler in an implant
- A61B17/7001—Screws or hooks combined with longitudinal elements which do not contact vertebrae
- A61B17/7002—Longitudinal elements, e.g. rods
- A61B17/7011—Longitudinal element being non-straight, e.g. curved, angled or branched
Definitions
- spinal fusion Implantable medical devices designed to fuse vertebrae of the spine to treat have developed rapidly over the last decade.
- spinal fusion has several disadvantages including reduced range of motion and accelerated degenerative changes adjacent the fused vertebrae.
- the present invention includes a spinal implant system and methods that can dynamically stabilize the spine while providing for the preservation of spinal motion.
- Embodiments of the invention provide an adaptive spinal stabilization system which includes: versatile components, adaptive stabilization assemblies, and methods of implantation.
- An aspect of embodiments of the invention is the ability to stabilize two, three and/or more levels of the spine by the selection of appropriate components of embodiments of the invention for implantation in a patient.
- Another aspect of embodiments of the invention is the ability to accommodate particular anatomy of the patient by providing a system of versatile components which may be customized to the anatomy and needs of a particular patient and procedure.
- Another aspect of the invention is to facilitate the process of implantation and minimize disruption of tissues during implantation.
- the present invention provides new and improved systems, devices and methods for treating degenerative spinal disorders by providing and implanting an adaptive spinal stabilization assembly which supports the spine while preserving motion.
- FIG. 1A is an exploded view of an adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 1B is a perspective view of an assembled adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 1C is a perspective view of a bone anchor for adapted for use with the adaptive spinal rod of FIGS. 1A , and 1 B according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 1D is a perspective view of a spinal prosthesis including the adaptive spinal rod of FIGS. 1A , and 1 B and bone anchor of FIG. 1C according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 1E is a saggital section of the spinal prosthesis of FIG. 1D .
- FIG. 1F is a transverse section of the spinal prosthesis of FIG. 1D .
- FIG. 1G is a dorsal section of the spinal prosthesis of FIG. 1D .
- FIG. 1H is a perspective view of a two-level spinal prosthesis including the adaptive spinal rod of FIGS. 1A , and 1 B and bone anchor of FIG. 1C according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 2A is an exploded view of an adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 2B is a perspective view of a bone anchor suitable for use with the adaptive spinal rod of FIG. 2A according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 2C is a perspective view of an assembly including the bone anchor of FIG. 2B and the adaptive spinal rod of FIG. 2A according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 2D is a saggital section of the assembly of FIG. 1C as implanted.
- FIG. 2E is a transverse section of the spinal prosthesis of FIG. 1C as implanted.
- FIG. 2F is a dorsal section of the spinal prosthesis of FIG. 1C as implanted.
- FIG. 3A is an exploded view of a first segment of a two-level adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 3B is an enlarged view illustrating features of a ball for use in a sliding ball-joint according to an embodiment of the invention.
- FIG. 3C is a perspective view of the first segment of a two-level adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 3D is a perspective view of the second segment of a two-level adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 3E is a perspective view of a bone anchor for use with the two-level adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 3F is a perspective view of a spinal prosthesis including the two-level adaptive spinal rod of FIGS. 1A , and 1 B and bone anchor of FIG. 1C according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 3G is a partial sectional view illustrating motion limiting features of adaptive spinal rod according to embodiments of the present invention.
- FIG. 3H is a perspective view of an alternative single-level adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 4A is an exploded view of a first segment of a two-level adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 4B is an exploded view of a second segment of a two-level adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 4C is a perspective view of an adaptive spinal rod including the components of FIGS. 4A and 4B according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 4D is a perspective view of an adaptive spinal prosthesis including the two-level adaptive spinal rod of FIGS. 4A-4C according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5A is an exploded view of a two-level adaptive spinal rod according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5B is a perspective view of an adaptive spinal rod including the components of FIG. 5A according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5C is a saggital section of a two-level adaptive spinal prosthesis incorporating the adaptive spinal rod of FIG. 5B .
- FIG. 5D is a transverse section of a two-level adaptive spinal prosthesis incorporating the adaptive spinal rod of FIG. 5B .
- FIG. 5E is a dorsal section of a two-level adaptive spinal prosthesis incorporating the adaptive spinal rod of FIG. 5B .
- FIG. 5F shows a spacer which is, in some embodiments, incorporated into the two-level adaptive spinal rod of FIG. 5B .
- FIG. 5G is a perspective view of an adaptive spinal rod including the components of FIGS. 5A through 5E according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5H is a dorsal section of a two-level adaptive spinal prosthesis incorporating the adaptive spinal rod of FIG. 5G .
- FIG. 6A is a view of an adaptive spinal rod according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 6B is a view of a bone anchor for use in a two-level adaptive stabilization system according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 6C is an exploded view of a polyaxial connector for use in a two-level adaptive stabilization system according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 6D is an alternative view of a component of the connector of FIG. 6C .
- FIGS. 6E and 6F are views illustrating the clamping action of the polyaxial connector of FIG. 6C .
- FIG. 6G is a perspective view illustrating a two-level adaptive spinal prosthesis utilizing the components of FIGS. 6A-6D .
- FIG. 7A is an exploded view of an adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 7B is a perspective view of the adaptive spinal rod of FIG. 7A .
- FIG. 7C is a partial sectional view of the adaptive spinal rod of FIG. 7A .
- FIG. 8A shows a perspective view of an implantation tool for an adaptive bone anchor according to an embodiment of the invention.
- FIGS. 8B and 8C show detailed sectional views of the head of the implantation tool of FIG. 8A in relation to the bone anchor.
- FIG. 8D is a transverse view of the lumbar spine illustrating use of the implantation tool of FIG. 8A to implant a bone anchor in the pedicles of a lumbar vertebra according to an embodiment of the invention.
- FIG. 9A shows a perspective view of an attachment tool for securing an adaptive spinal rod to a bone anchor according to an embodiment of the invention.
- FIG. 9B shows a detailed view of the head of the attachment tool of FIG. 9A .
- FIGS. 9C and 9D show detailed sectional views of the head of the attachment tool of FIG. 9A in relation to an adaptive spinal rod and bone anchor.
- FIG. 9E-9H are a lateral views of the lumbar spine illustrating steps to secure an adaptive spinal rod to a bone anchor using the attachment tool of FIG. 9A according to an embodiment of the invention.
- FIG. 10A is a view of an adaptive spinal rod according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10B is a view of a bone anchor for use in a two-level adaptive stabilization system according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10C is an exploded view of a polyaxial connector for use in a two-level adaptive stabilization system according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10D is an alternative view of a component of the connector of FIG. 10C .
- FIGS. 10E and 10F are views illustrating the clamping action of the polyaxial connector of FIG. 10C .
- FIG. 10G is a perspective view illustrating a two-level adaptive spinal prosthesis utilizing the components of FIGS. 10A-10D .
- FIG. 11A is an exploded view of an adaptive spinal rod according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 11B is a perspective view of the adaptive spinal rod of FIG. 11A as assembled.
- FIG. 11C is a perspective view of a bone anchor adapted for use with the adaptive spinal rod of FIGS. 11A , and 11 B according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 11D is a perspective view of a spinal prosthesis including the adaptive spinal rod of FIGS. 11A and 11B and bone anchor of FIG. 11C .
- FIG. 11E is a saggital section of the spinal prosthesis of FIG. 11D .
- FIG. 11F is a transverse section of the spinal prosthesis of FIG. 11D .
- FIG. 11G is a dorsal section of the spinal prosthesis of FIG. 11D .
- FIG. 11H is a dorsal section of the spinal prosthesis of FIG. 11D .
- FIG. 11I is a composite view of FIGS. 11G and 11H .
- FIG. 12A is an exploded view of an adaptive spinal rod according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 12B is a plane view of the adaptive spinal rod of FIG. 11A as assembled.
- FIG. 12C is a perspective view of the adaptive spinal rod of FIG. 11A as assembled.
- proximal refers to the end or side of a device or component closest to the hand operating the device
- distal refers to the end or side of a device furthest from the hand operating the device.
- the tip of a bone screw that enters a bone would conventionally be called the distal end (it is furthest from the surgeon) while the head of the screw would be termed the proximal end (it is closest to the surgeon).
- the present invention includes a versatile spinal implant system and methods which can stabilize the spine while providing for the preservation of spinal motion.
- Alternative embodiments can be used for spinal fusion.
- An aspect of the invention is stabilizing the spine while restoring and/or preserving the natural motion of the spine including the quality of motion as well as the range of motion.
- another aspect of the invention is providing for load sharing and stabilization of the spine while preserving motion.
- Another aspect of embodiments of the invention is the ability to stabilize two, three and/or more levels of the spine by the selection of appropriate components for implantation in a patient.
- Another aspect of the invention is the ability to provide for higher stiffness and fusion at one level or to one portion of the spine while allowing for lower stiffness and adaptive stabilization at another adjacent level or to another portion of the spine.
- Embodiments of the invention allow for fused levels to be placed next to dynamically stabilized levels. Such embodiments of the invention enable vertebral levels adjacent to fusion levels to be shielded by providing a transition from a rigid fusion level to a dynamically stable, motion preserved, and more mobile level. Alternative embodiments can be utilized in spinal fusion procedures.
- Embodiments of the present invention provide for assembly of an adaptive spinal prosthesis which supports the spine while providing for the preservation of spinal motion.
- Another aspect of the invention is to provide an adaptable modular system which can be utilized to create an adaptive spinal prosthesis customized to the needs of the patient.
- the adaptive stabilization system includes bone anchors and adaptive spinal rods.
- the bone anchors secure the adaptive spinal stabilization system to the spinal anatomy.
- the adaptive spinal rods provide adaptive stabilization by contributing for load sharing and stabilization of the spine while preserving motion.
- Embodiments of the invention include surgical kits, surgical methods, constructs, and prostheses including: an adaptive spinal rod; a bone screw specifically designed for use with an adaptive spinal rod; a bone anchor in combination with an adaptive spinal rod; a plurality of bone anchors in combination with an adaptive spinal rod; a plurality of bone anchors in combinations with a plurality of adaptive spinal rods.
- FIGS. 1A-1G are views of an adaptive stabilization system including an adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 1A is an exploded view showing the components of an adaptive spinal rod.
- FIG. 1B is a perspective view of the assembled adaptive spinal rod.
- FIG. 1C shows a perspective view of a bone anchor suitable for mounting the adaptive spinal rod to a vertebra.
- FIG. 1D shows a spinal prosthesis assembly including the adaptive spinal rod, a bone anchor and a conventional pedicle screw.
- FIGS. 1E , 1 F and 1 G are sectional views illustrating the kinematics of the bone anchor relative to the adaptive spinal rod.
- FIG. 1A is an exploded view of the components of an adaptive spinal rod 100 .
- Adaptive spinal rod 100 has three components: rod 110 including housing 120 , ball 130 and cap 140 .
- Rod 110 is connected at one end to housing 120 .
- Rod 110 is preferably similar in size, shape and material to standard spinal rods.
- Rod 110 is preferably adapted for mounting to a standard pedicle screw or polyaxial screw (not shown).
- Rod 110 is, in preferred embodiments, a cylinder of about 5 mm to 6.5 mm in diameter and from 35 mm to 100 mm in length.
- Housing 120 is preferably in the form of a flattened disc. Housing 120 has a slot 122 passing there through.
- Slot 122 is shaped to receive ball 130 from open side 124 however, the closed side 126 of slot 122 is too small for ball 130 to pass. Slot 122 and thus linear race 102 can be elongated to allow ball 130 to slide in slot 122 as explained below. It is to be understood that linear race 102 , in addition to being elongated such that ball 130 can move linearly along the direction of the longitudinal axis of rod 110 , can be oval and/or elliptical shaped and/or rectangular with rounded corners and/or race-track shaped such that ball 130 can move linearly in any direction.
- slot 122 and thus linear race 102 can be an enlarged sphere shaped such that ball 130 can move in any linear direction relative to the sphere as well as pivoting and rotating relative to linear race 102 .
- Open side 124 of slot 122 is shaped to receive cap 140 .
- Closed side 126 of slot 122 has a curved surface 128 adapted to engage ball 130 .
- curved surface 128 has the same radius of curvature as ball 130 .
- Cap 140 can be force fit or welded in place to the housing 120 to hold ball 130 in place.
- rod 110 and housing 120 are made in one piece from titanium or titanium alloy.
- Ball 130 is in the form of a sphere truncated on two opposing sides 132 , 134 .
- An aperture 136 passes through ball 130 from side 132 to side 134 .
- one end of aperture 136 is provided with tool engagement features 138 (a hexagonal depression is shown) which allow ball 130 to be engaged and turned by a tool.
- the other end of aperture 136 has a threaded wall 139 adapted to allow ball 130 to be secured to a threaded screw (not shown).
- ball 130 is adapted to be secured to a threaded shaft (not shown) without using a separate nut.
- aperture 136 is not provided with tool engagement features 138 or threaded wall 139 and is adapted to be secured to a threaded shaft (not shown) with a separate threaded nut/fastener (not shown).
- Cap 140 is adapted to fit within slot 122 of housing 120 .
- Cap 140 has a cap slot 142 therethrough.
- the open side 144 of slot 142 is configured to admit a portion of ball 130 .
- the closed side 146 of slot 142 is too small for ball 130 to pass.
- the interior of slot 142 has a curved surface 148 adapted to engage ball 130 .
- curved surface 148 has the same radius of curvature as ball 130 .
- FIG. 1B shows a fully assembled adaptive spinal rod 100 in which ball 130 is positioned between cap 140 and housing 120 .
- Slot 122 of housing 120 and slot 142 of cap 140 cooperate to from a linear race 102 in which ball 130 is trapped or contained.
- ball 130 can pivot and rotate within linear race 102 as shown by arrows 160 , 162 .
- Ball 130 can also slide a small distance along linear race 102 as shown by arrow 164 . As shown in FIG.
- aperture 136 of ball 130 is accessible after ball 130 has been secured between cap 140 and housing 120 .
- aperture 136 of ball 130 is accessible and configured for mounting adaptive spinal rod 100 to a threaded shaft of a pedicle screw as shown, for example in FIG. 1C .
- the surface of ball 130 , and the linear race 102 form a sliding ball-joint 101 .
- FIG. 1C shows a bone anchor 150 configured for attachment of adaptive spinal rod 100 to a vertebra.
- bone anchor 150 includes a threaded shaft 152 at the distal end.
- Threaded shaft 152 is sized and configured for engaging a vertebra.
- threaded shaft 152 is sized and configured for implantation in the pedicle of a vertebra.
- Attached to threaded shaft 152 is head 154 .
- Head 154 includes surface features 155 which permit head to be engaged by a tool to rotate head 154 and threaded shaft 152 and drive bone anchor 150 into a desired implant location.
- Protruding proximally from head 154 is a mount 156 .
- Mount 156 has a threaded exterior surface 157 to which ball 130 of FIGS. 1A and 1B can be mounted.
- Key 158 is shaped such that the key 158 can be engaged by a driver for implanting bone anchor 150 and/or attaching ball 130 .
- key 158 has, in some embodiments, a hexagonal or octagonal cross-section.
- Groove 159 reduces the cross-section of material such that the key 158 is designed to breakaway when a predetermined amount of torque is applied to key 158 . The breakaway torque is determined by the shape of groove 159 and the remaining cross-section of material.
- FIG. 1D shows the relationship between a spinal prosthesis 104 and a spine 190 .
- Spinal prosthesis 104 includes, in this embodiment: adaptive spinal rod 100 of FIGS. 1A and 1B ; bone anchor 150 of FIG. 1C ; and a conventional spinal screw 170 .
- Spinal screw 170 is, in some embodiments, a polyaxial pedicle screw.
- adaptive spinal rod 100 is secured at one end to the bone anchor 150 of FIG. 1C and at the other end to conventional spinal screw 170 .
- Ball 130 trapped or contained within linear race 102 , has been secured to mount 156 of bone anchor 150 .
- Breakaway key 158 is broken away from mount 156 during implantation and removed from the patient.
- Rod 110 has been secured into a slot 172 in a head 174 of spinal screw 170 by a set screw 173 .
- Set screw 173 secures rod 110 in a fixed position relative to head 174 and also, in some embodiments, locks the position of head 174 relative to the threaded screw shaft 176 of spinal screw 170 .
- rod 110 and housing 120 of adaptive spinal rod 100 are secured in a fixed position, as shown in FIG. 1D , relative to spinal screw 170 .
- ball 130 is still able pivot rotate and slide in linear race 102 relative to housing 120 of adaptive spinal rod 100 (see FIG. 1C ). Consequently, with bone anchor 150 secured to adaptive spinal rod 100 through ball 130 , bone anchor 150 is still able to slide, pivot and rotate relative to rod 110 and spinal screw 170 . (See FIGS. 1E , 1 F and 1 G).
- FIG. 1D which shows the relationship between a spinal prosthesis 105 and a spine 190 .
- Bone anchor 150 is implanted in a vertebra 192 a passing through pedicle 194 a into spinal body 196 a .
- Spinal screw 170 is implanted in a vertebra 192 b passing through a pedicle 194 b into spinal body 196 b .
- a second spinal screw 170 is implanted in a vertebra 192 c passing through a pedicle 194 c into spinal body 196 c .
- Spinal screws 170 and rod 110 b hold vertebrae 192 b and 192 c in fixed relationship.
- This embodiment of a spinal prosthesis is suitable for use for example, where vertebrae 192 b and 192 c are to be fused together. As shown in FIG. 1D , where bone anchor 150 and rod 110 b provides load-sharing and permits a controlled range of motion between the adjacent vertebrae 192 a , 192 b . Thereby stabilizing a level of the spine 190 while restoring and/or preserving some natural motion of the vertebrae 192 a , 192 b at that level. This configuration can, in some embodiments, be utilized to prevent adjacent segment deterioration by supporting a spinal motion segment adjacent a spinal fusion.
- FIGS. 1E , 1 F and 1 G show the kinematics of bone anchor 150 relative to rod 110 of adaptive spinal rod 100 when assembled as part of an adaptive spinal prosthesis.
- FIG. 1E shows a section through bone anchor 150 and adaptive spinal rod 100 in a substantially saggital plane.
- FIG. 1F shows a section through bone anchor 150 and adaptive spinal rod 100 in a transverse plane.
- FIG. 1G shows a section through bone anchor 150 and adaptive spinal rod 100 in a substantially dorsal plane through the middle of the housing 120 .
- FIG. 1E shows a section through bone anchor 150 and adaptive spinal rod 100 in a substantially saggital plane (vertical and including the longitudinal axis of bone anchor 150 ).
- the dotted outlines of bone anchor 150 illustrate a range of possible movements of bone anchor 150 in the saggital plane.
- ball 130 is trapped or contained between cap 140 and housing 120 to form a sliding ball-joint 101 .
- Ball 130 can move within limits imposed by contact with housing 120 and cap 140 .
- Bone anchor 150 thus can pivot and translate relative to rod 110 in the plane shown.
- the sliding ball-joint 101 allows bone anchor 150 a limited vertical range of movement (shown by arrow 180 ).
- the translation is limited by contact between ball 130 , cap 140 and, in some embodiments, bone anchor 150 .
- the desired range of vertical motion 180 and thus the dimensions of sliding ball-joint 101 , are selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient.
- the range of vertical movement is limited to less than 5 mm.
- the range of horizontal and vertical movement is limited to less than 1.5 mm.
- the length of linear race 102 (along the long axis of rod 110 ) controls the vertical range of movement.
- the sliding ball-joint 101 also allows bone anchor 150 a limited angular range of movement which corresponds to spinal flexion/extension (shown by arrow 182 ).
- the range of angular movement translation is limited by contact between ball 130 , housing 120 and cap 140 and, in some embodiments, mount 156 .
- the desired range of angular motion 182 and thus the shape of ball 130 , housing 120 and cap 140 and, in some embodiments, mount 156 are selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient.
- the range of angular movement in the saggital plane is limited to less than 15 degrees. In preferred embodiments, the range of angular movement in the saggital plane is limited to less than 15 degrees.
- the sliding ball-joint 101 allows bone anchor 150 a limited angular range of movement which corresponds to spinal rotation (shown by arrow 184 ).
- the range of angular movement is limited by contact between ball 130 , housing 120 and cap 140 and, in some embodiments, mount 156 .
- the desired range of angular motion 184 and thus the shape of ball 130 , housing 120 and cap 140 and, in some embodiments, mount 156 are selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient.
- the range of angular movement in the transverse plane is limited to less than 10 degrees. In preferred embodiments, the range of angular movement in the transverse plane is limited to less than 15 degrees.
- the range of angular movement in the transverse plane can be different than the range in the vertical plane.
- the range of angular movement in the transverse plane need not be the same as the range of angular movement in the saggital plane (see FIG. 1E ).
- FIG. 1G shows a section through bone anchor 150 and adaptive spinal rod 100 in a substantially dorsal plane (vertical and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of bone anchor 150 ).
- ball 130 is trapped or contained in linear race 102 formed by cap 140 in conjunction with housing 120 .
- Ball 130 can move within linear race 102 .
- Bone anchor 150 is oriented either directly into or directly out of the page in this transverse view through housing 120 .
- Bone anchor 150 is mounted to ball 130 and thus can move relative to rod 110 with one angular degree of freedom and one linear degree shown in this view.
- sliding ball-joint 101 allows bone anchor 150 the limited vertical range of movement 180 as described above.
- Rotation of ball 130 within sliding ball-joint 101 is unrestricted, allowing bone anchor 150 to rotate freely (360+ degrees) as shown by arrow 186 which corresponds to lateral spinal twisting.
- the bone anchor 150 rotates freely around the longitudinal axis of the bone anchor.
- the range of rotation 186 is not limited in this embodiment. However features to limit such rotation could be designed into one or more of bone anchor 150 , ball 130 , cap 140 , and housing 120 .
- the desired range of rotation 186 can be selected, if necessary or desirable, based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient.
- FIGS. 2A-2F are views of an alternative adaptive stabilization system including an adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 2A is an exploded view showing the components of an adaptive spinal rod.
- FIG. 2B shows a perspective view of a bone anchor suitable for mounting the adaptive spinal rod to a vertebra.
- FIG. 2C is a perspective view of the assembled adaptive spinal rod and bone anchor.
- FIGS. 2D 2 E and 2 F are sectional views illustrating the kinematics of the bone anchor relative to the adaptive spinal rod.
- FIG. 2A is an exploded view of the components of an adaptive spinal rod 200 .
- Adaptive spinal rod 200 has three components: rod 210 including housing 220 , half-ball 230 and half-ball retainer 240 .
- Rod 210 is connected at one end to housing 220 .
- Rod 210 is similar in size, shape and material to standard spinal rods.
- Rod 210 is adapted for mounting to a standard pedicle screw or polyaxial screw (not shown).
- Rod 210 is in preferred embodiments, preferably a cylinder of about 5 mm to 6.5 mm in diameter and from 35 mm to 200 mm in length.
- Housing 220 is preferably in the form of a flattened disc.
- Housing 220 has a slot 222 passing there through.
- Slot 222 has convex walls and slot 222 is thus wider at the openings of slot 222 than in the interior of slot 222 .
- half-ball 230 can partially enter one side of slot 222 , but cannot pass entirely through slot 222 .
- half-ball retainer 240 can partially enter one side of slot 222 , but cannot pass entirely through slot 222 .
- rod 210 and housing 220 are made in one piece from titanium or titanium alloy.
- Half-ball 230 is in the form of a hemisphere.
- An aperture 236 passes through half-ball 230 from domed side 232 to flat side 234 .
- aperture 236 is, in some embodiments, provided with tool engagement features which allow ball 230 to engage a mounting post (for example threads or a hexagonal section.
- Half-ball retainer 240 in the form of a hemisphere with a nut extending from the flat surface.
- An aperture 246 passes through half-ball retainer 240 from domed side 242 to flat side 244 .
- part of the surface of half-ball retainer 240 is provided with tool engagement features 248 (splines are shown) which allow half-ball retainer 240 to be engaged and turned by a tool.
- the interior of aperture 246 has a threaded wall 249 adapted to allow half-ball retainer 240 to be secured to a threaded screw (bone anchor 250 of FIG. 2B ).
- half-ball retainer 240 is adapted to be secured to a threaded shaft (thread 258 of FIG. 2B ) without using a separate nut.
- half-ball retainer 240 can be provided in two pieces including for example a half-ball component and a standard nut.
- FIG. 2B shows a bone anchor 250 configured for attachment of adaptive spinal rod 200 to a vertebra.
- bone anchor 250 includes a threaded shaft 252 at the distal end. Threaded shaft is sized and configured for engaging a vertebra. In preferred embodiments threaded shaft 252 is sized and configured for implantation in the pedicle of a vertebra.
- head 254 At the proximal end of threaded shaft 252 is a head 254 which has, in some embodiments, tool engagement features (not shown).
- mount 256 Protruding proximally from head 254 is mount 256 .
- Mount 256 has a cylindrical exterior surface 257 to which ball 230 of FIG. 2A can be secured.
- Threaded shaft 258 Protruding proximally of mount 256 is threaded shaft 258 .
- Threaded shaft 258 is adapted for attaching half-ball retainer 240 .
- Aperture 259 is shaped such that aperture 259 can be engaged by a driver for implanting bone anchor 250 and/or attaching half-ball retainer 240 .
- aperture 259 has, in some embodiments, a hexagonal or octagonal cross-section.
- aperture 259 is replaced with a breakaway key such as key 158 of FIG. 1C .
- the domed surfaces of half-ball 230 , and half-ball retainer 240 and the convex surface of slot 222 form an alternative sliding ball-joint 201 .
- FIG. 2C is a perspective view of adaptive spinal rod 200 in combination with bone anchor 250 .
- half-ball 230 is placed over mount 256 ( FIG. 2B ).
- Slot 222 is then placed over mount 256 ( FIG. 2B ).
- a portion of the domed surface 232 of half-ball 230 enters slot 222 .
- half-ball retainer 240 is secured the threaded shaft 258 ( FIG. 2B ).
- a portion of the domed surface 242 of half-ball retainer 240 enters slot 222 .
- Half-ball 230 and half-ball retainer 240 may, in some but not all embodiments, contact one another inside slot 222 .
- slot 222 Upon assembly slot 222 performs as race 202 for half-ball 230 and half-ball retainer 240 .
- bone anchor 250 can slide, pivot and rotate relative to housing 220 and rod 210 of adaptive spinal rod 200 .
- slot 222 and thus race 202 can be linear and also can be configured in accordance with the various configurations of slot 122 and linear race 102 shown in the embodiments of FIGS. 1A-1H .
- adaptive spinal rod 200 and bone anchor 250 can be used in place of adaptive spinal rod 100 and bone anchor 150 to create a spinal prosthesis similar to spinal prosthesis 104 of FIG. 1D .
- rod 210 and housing 220 of adaptive spinal rod 200 are secured in a fixed position, by a pedicle screw.
- slot 222 is still able pivot rotate and slide relative to half-ball 230 and half-ball retainer 240 . Consequently, with bone anchor 250 secured to adaptive spinal rod 200 by sliding ball-joint 201 is still able to slide, pivot and rotate relative to rod 210 .
- Adaptive spinal rod 200 is configured to provide load-sharing and permit a controlled range of motion between adjacent vertebrae. Thereby, stabilizing a level of the spine while restoring and/or preserving some natural motion of the vertebrae at that level.
- FIGS. 2D , 2 E and 2 F show the kinematics of bone anchor 250 relative to rod 210 of adaptive spinal rod 200 when assembled as part of a spinal prosthesis.
- FIG. 2D shows a section through bone anchor 250 and adaptive spinal rod 200 in a substantially saggital plane.
- FIG. 2E shows a section through bone anchor 250 and adaptive spinal rod 200 in a transverse plane.
- FIG. 2F shows a section through bone anchor 250 and adaptive spinal rod 200 in a substantially dorsal plane through the middle of the housing 220 .
- FIG. 2D shows a section through bone anchor 250 and adaptive spinal rod 200 in a substantially saggital plane (vertical and including the longitudinal axis of bone anchor 250 ).
- the dotted outlines of bone anchor 250 illustrate a range of possible movements of bone anchor 250 in the saggital plane.
- half-ball 230 and half-ball retainer 240 trap or contain the convex surface of slot 222 .
- Slot 222 can move within limits imposed by contact with half-ball 230 and half-ball retainer 240 (and, in some embodiments, mount 256 . Bone anchor 250 thus can pivot and translate relative to rod 210 in the plane shown.
- the sliding ball-joint 201 allows bone anchor 250 a limited vertical range of movement (shown by arrow 280 ) and a limited horizontal range of movement 288 .
- the translation is limited by contact between slot 222 and half-ball 230 , half-ball retainer 240 and, in some embodiments, mount 256 .
- the desired range of vertical motion 280 and horizontal motion 288 , and thus the dimensions of sliding ball-joint 201 are selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient.
- the range of horizontal and vertical movement is limited to less than 5 mm. In preferred embodiments, the range of horizontal and vertical movement is limited to less than 2.5 mm.
- the horizontal and vertical range of movement need not be the same.
- the width of slot 222 (perpendicular to the long axis of rod 210 ) controls the horizontal range of movement while the length of slot 222 (along the long axis of rod 210 ) controls the vertical range of movement.
- the sliding ball-joint 201 also allows bone anchor 250 a limited angular range of movement which corresponds to spinal flexion/extension (shown by arrow 282 ).
- the range of angular movement translation is limited by contact between slot 222 and half-ball 230 , half-ball retainer 240 and, in some embodiments, mount 256 .
- the desired range of angular motion 282 and thus the shape of slot 222 and half-ball 230 , half-ball retainer 240 and, in some embodiments, mount 256 are selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient.
- the range of angular movement in the saggital plane is limited to less than 20 degrees. In preferred embodiments, the range of angular movement in the saggital plane is limited to less than 20 degrees.
- the sliding ball-joint 201 allows bone anchor 250 a limited horizontal range of movement (shown by arrow 289 ) and a limited horizontal range of movement 288 .
- the translation is limited by contact between slot 222 and half-ball 230 , half-ball retainer 240 and, in some embodiments, mount 256 .
- the desired range of horizontal motion 288 and horizontal motion 289 and thus the dimensions of sliding ball-joint 201 , are selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient.
- the range of horizontal and vertical movement is limited to less than 5 mm. In preferred embodiments, the range of horizontal and vertical movement is limited to less than 2.5 mm.
- the horizontal ranges of movement need not be the same an can be adjusted by changing, dimensions of the sliding ball-joint 201 , including, for example: the curvature of the slot 222 , half-ball 230 , and half-ball retainer 240 , the width of slot 222 , and gap between half-ball 230 , and half-ball retainer 240 .
- the sliding ball-joint 201 also allows bone anchor 250 a limited angular range of movement which corresponds to spinal rotation (shown by arrow 284 ).
- the range of angular movement is limited by contact between slot 222 and half-ball 230 , half-ball retainer 240 and, in some embodiments, mount 256 .
- the desired range of angular motion 284 and thus the shape of slot 222 and half-ball 230 , half-ball retainer 240 and, in some embodiments, mount 256 are selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient.
- the range of angular movement in the transverse plane is limited to less than 20 degrees. In preferred embodiments, the range of angular movement in the transverse plane is limited to less than 20 degrees.
- the range of angular movement in the transverse plane can be different than the range in the vertical plane.
- FIG. 2F shows a section through bone anchor 250 and adaptive spinal rod 200 in a substantially dorsal plane (vertical and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of bone anchor 250 ).
- mount 256 is trapped or contained in linear race 202 formed slot 222 and half-ball 230 , half-ball retainer 240 .
- Mount 256 can move within race 202 .
- Bone anchor 150 can thus move relative to rod 210 with one angular degree of freedom and one linear degree shown in this view.
- Bone anchor 250 is oriented either directly into or directly out of the page in this transverse view through housing 220 .
- sliding ball-joint 201 allows bone anchor 250 the limited horizontal and vertical range of movement (shown by arrows 280 and 289 ) as described above.
- Rotation of bone anchor 250 within slot 222 is unrestricted, allowing bone anchor 250 to rotate freely (360+ degrees) as shown by arrow 286 which corresponds to lateral spinal twisting.
- the bone anchor 250 rotates freely around the longitudinal axis of the bone anchor.
- the range of angular motion 286 is not limited in this embodiment. However, features to limit such rotation could be designed into one or more of bone anchor 250 and housing 220 .
- the desired range of rotation 286 can be selected, (if necessary) based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient.
- FIGS. 3A-3F show views of a two-level adaptive stabilization system including an adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIGS. 3A-3C show views of the first segment and components.
- FIG. 3D shows the second segment.
- FIG. 3E shows a compatible bone.
- FIG. 3F shows a perspective view of a spinal prosthesis including both segments of the two-level adaptive spinal rod of FIGS. 3A-3E .
- First segment 300 a includes rods 311 a , housing 320 a , ball 330 a and cap 340 a .
- Rods 311 a are connected to either side of housing 320 a .
- Rods 311 a are similar in shape and material to standard spinal rods.
- Rods 311 a are adapted for mounting to the second segment 300 b (See FIG. 3D ) of adaptive spinal rod 300 (See FIG. 3D ).
- Rods 311 a are, in preferred embodiments, preferably cylinders about 4 mm to 4.5 mm in diameter and from 35 mm to 100 mm in length.
- Housing 320 a is preferably in the form of a flattened disc. Housing 320 a has a slot 322 a passing there through (similar in design in function to slot 122 of FIG. 1A ). Slot 322 a is shaped to receive ball 330 a . Cap 340 a is adapted to fit within slot 322 a of housing 320 a . Cap 340 a has a cap slot 342 a therethrough (see, e.g. cap 140 of FIG. 1A ).
- FIG. 3B shows an enlarged view of ball 330 a .
- Ball 330 a is in the form of a sphere truncated on two opposing sides 332 a , 334 a .
- An aperture 336 a passes through ball 330 a from side 332 a to side 334 a .
- ball 330 a includes a rim 333 a surrounding aperture 336 a on side 332 a and a rim 335 a surrounding aperture 336 a on side 334 a .
- Ball 330 a is adapted to be secured to a shaft (mount 356 of FIG. 3E ) with a separate nut.
- aperture 336 a is provided with tool engagement features and/or threads and is adapted to be secured to a threaded shaft (not shown) without a separate threaded nut/fastener (not shown).
- Rim 333 a and rim 335 a are configured to interaction with the housing 320 a and cap 340 a to control range of motion. The dimensions of rim 333 a and rim 335 a are thus selected based on the range of motion desired. In general, where the rim has a larger outside the diameter it will there is less clearance between the rim and the housing 320 a and/or cap 340 a and therefore less range of motion.
- FIG. 3C shows first segment 300 a fully assembled—ball 330 a is positioned between cap 340 a and housing 320 a .
- Slot 322 a of housing 320 a and slot 342 a of cap 340 a cooperate to form a linear race 302 a in which ball 330 a is trapped/contained.
- race 302 a Although ball 330 a is trapped within race 302 a , ball 330 a can pivot, slide, and rotate within race 302 a . In combination, the surface of ball 330 a , and the race 302 a form a sliding ball-joint 301 a . It is to be understood that the slot 322 a and thus, race 302 a can be linear and also can be configured in accordance with the various configurations of slot 122 and linear race 102 shown and described in the embodiments of FIGS. 1A-1H . Aperture 336 a of ball 330 a is accessible and configured for mounting adaptive spinal rod 300 to a pedicle screw (See, FIG. 3F ).
- FIG. 3D shows a perspective view of the second segment 300 b of an adaptive spinal rod 300 .
- Second segment 300 b includes rod 310 b , housing 320 b , ball 330 b and cap 340 b .
- Rod 310 b is connected to the middle of housing 320 b .
- Rod 310 b is preferably similar in shape and material to a standard spinal rod.
- Rod 310 b is adapted for mounting to a standard spinal screw/pedicle screw.
- Rod 310 b is, in preferred embodiments, a cylinder about 5 mm to 6.5 mm in diameter and from 35 mm to 150 mm in length.
- Housing 320 b is preferably in the form of a flattened disc.
- Housing 320 b and cap 340 b trap or contain ball 330 b .
- Housing 320 b and cap 340 b cooperate to form a linear race 302 b in which ball 330 can slide, pivot and rotate.
- Ball 330 b and linear race 302 b together comprise a ball-joint 301 b .
- Ball 330 b is of the same design as ball 330 a (See FIG. 3B ).
- Ball 330 b includes an aperture 336 b for securing a bone anchor.
- bores 322 b On either side of housing 320 b are bores 322 b . Bores 322 b run parallel to rod 310 b and pass through housing 320 b . Bores 322 b are configured to receive rods 311 a of first segment 300 a (see FIG. 3A ) in a sliding fashion. Each of bores 322 b intersects with a threaded bore 324 b . A set screw 326 b is provided for each of threaded bores 324 b . The set screws 326 b when driven in threaded bores 324 b are adapted to intersect bores 322 b and engage and lock rods 311 a of first segment 300 a (see FIG. 3A ).
- FIG. 3E shows a bone anchor 350 configured for attachment of adaptive spinal rod 300 to a vertebra.
- bone anchor 350 includes a threaded shaft 352 at the distal end. Threaded shaft 352 is sized and configured for engaging a vertebra. In preferred embodiments threaded shaft 352 is sized and configured for implantation in the pedicle of a vertebra. Attached to threaded shaft 352 is head 354 . Head 354 includes surface features 355 which permit head to be engaged by a tool to rotate head 354 and threaded shaft 352 and drive bone anchor 350 into a desired implant location. Protruding proximally from head 354 is a mount 356 .
- Mount 356 has a smooth exterior surface to receive ball 330 of FIG. 3B .
- a threaded shaft 357 for attaching a nut 359 .
- an aperture 358 is shaped such that the aperture 358 can be engaged by a driver for implanting/removing bone anchor 350 and/or attaching nut 359 .
- aperture 358 has, in some embodiments, a hexagonal or octagonal cross-section.
- FIG. 3G is a partial sectional view of adaptive spinal rod 300 through ball 330 a and housing 320 a illustration features which serve to limit angulation of a bone anchor 350 relative to housing 320 a .
- FIG. 3G shows bone anchor 350 at one limit to its range of angulation with respect to housing 320 a .
- rim 335 a contacts limit surface 328 a of housing 320 a .
- rim 333 a of ball 330 a comes into contact with a limit surface 348 a of cap 340 a .
- limit surfaces 328 a and 348 a are substantially parallel to the surface of rims 333 a and 335 a of ball 330 a with which they make contact when the rims and limit surfaces make contact.
- nut 359 is designed so as not to make contact with housing 320 a or cap 340 a even at the limit of angulation.
- nut 359 has a relief 351 to prevent contact between nut 359 and cap 340 a .
- screw 350 is also designed so as not to make contact with housing 320 a or cap 340 a even at the limit of angulation.
- FIG. 3G nut 359 has a relief 351 to prevent contact between nut 359 and cap 340 a .
- head 354 has a relief 353 to prevent contact between head 354 and housing 320 a .
- limit surfaces are provided on the bone screw and/or nut and/or another device, for example a washer. The limit surfaces are position to contact e.g. the housing or cap of an adaptive spinal rod to limit the range of motion in one or more axes.
- FIG. 3F shows a spinal prosthesis 304 incorporating adaptive spinal rod 300 .
- the first segment 300 a of the adaptive spinal rod 300 is mounted by a bone anchor 350 a to vertebra 192 a .
- the second segment 300 b of the adaptive spinal rod 300 is mounted by a bone anchor 350 b to vertebra 192 b .
- Rods 311 a of first segment 300 a pass through the housing 320 b of second segment 300 b .
- set screws 326 b are tightened thereby locking rods 311 a in place.
- Rod 310 b of second segment 300 b is secured to vertebra 192 c by a convention spinal screw 370 as previously described.
- rod 310 b housing 320 b , rods 311 a and housing 320 a are all held in substantially fixed relationship to vertebra 192 c by spinal screw 370 .
- sliding ball-joint 301 b enables the bone anchor 350 b implanted in vertebra 192 b to slide, pivot and rotate relative to housing 320 b .
- sliding ball-joint 301 a enables the bone anchor 350 a implanted in vertebra 192 a to slide, pivot and rotate relative to housing 320 a .
- the kinematics of both sliding ball-joints 301 a and 301 b are substantially as described in FIGS. 1E-1G and accompanying text.
- This embodiment of a spinal prosthesis 304 is suitable for use for example, where vertebrae 192 a , 192 b and 192 c are not to be fused together.
- the spinal prosthesis is adapted to provide load-sharing while allowing motion thereby stabilizing a level of the spine 190 while restoring and/or preserving some natural motion of the vertebrae 192 a , 192 b , 192 c .
- This configuration can, in some embodiments, be utilized to prevent adjacent segment deterioration by supporting a spinal motion segment adjacent a spinal fusion.
- FIG. 3H shows an alternative single level adaptive spinal rod 300 h .
- Adaptive spinal rod has almost all components in common with adaptive spinal rod 300 of FIGS. 3A-3F .
- Adaptive spinal rod 300 h includes all of first segment 300 a of FIGS. 3A-3C .
- Adaptive spinal rod 300 h includes most of second segment 300 b of FIG. 3D .
- rod 310 b and housing 320 b are replaced with a housing 320 h which does not include a rod for attachment to a conventional spinal screw on an adjacent level.
- Adaptive spinal rod 300 h is suitable for mounting to bone anchors 350 a , 350 b (of the same design as bone anchor 350 of FIG. 3E ) implanted in adjacent vertebrae.
- the spacing between housing 320 h and housing 320 a is adjustable as previously described. After locking the spacing of housing 320 h and housing 320 a , the sliding ball joints 301 a , 301 h enable each of the bone anchors 350 to slide, pivot and rotate relative to housings 320 a , 320 b and rods 311 a .
- the kinematics of both sliding ball-joints 301 a and 301 h are substantially as described in FIGS. 1E-1G and accompanying text.
- FIGS. 4A-4C show views of an alternative two-level adaptive stabilization rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 4A shows an exploded view of first segment and components.
- FIG. 4B shows an exploded view of the second segment.
- FIG. 4C shows a perspective view of an assembly including both segments of the two-level adaptive spinal rod of FIGS. 4A-4B .
- First segment 400 a includes rod 410 a , housing 420 a , ball 430 a and cap 440 a .
- Rod 410 a is connected to one side of housing 420 a .
- Rod 410 a is similar in shape and material to standard spinal rods.
- Rod 410 a is adapted for mounting to the second segment 400 b (See FIG. 4B ) of adaptive spinal rod 400 (See FIG. 4C ).
- Rod 410 a is, in a preferred embodiment, a cylinder about 5 mm to 6.5 mm in diameter and from 45 mm to 100 mm in length.
- Housing 420 a is preferably in the form of a flattened disc having a lateral extension from which rod 410 a protrudes. Housing 420 a has a slot 422 a passing there through (similar in design in function to slot 122 of FIG. 1A ). Slot 422 a is shaped to receive ball 430 a . The long axis of slot 422 is parallel to the long axis of rod 410 a . Cap 440 a is adapted to fit within slot 422 a of housing 420 a . Cap 440 a has a cap slot 442 a there through (see, e.g. cap 140 of FIG. 1A ). Ball 430 a is of the same configuration as previously described with respect to FIG. 3B .
- ball 430 a is placed into slot 422 a of housing 420 a .
- Cap 440 a is then secured into slot 422 a of housing 420 a trapping or containing ball 430 a between cap 440 a and housing 420 a .
- Slot 422 a of housing 420 a and slot 442 a of cap 440 a cooperate to from a linear race 402 a in which ball 430 a is trapped or contained.
- ball 430 a is trapped within race 402 a
- ball 430 a can pivot and rotate within race 402 a .
- the surface of ball 430 a , and the linear race 402 a form a sliding ball-joint 401 a .
- slot 422 a and thus race 402 a can be linear and also can be configured in accordance with the various configurations of slot 122 and linear race 102 shown in the embodiments of FIGS. 1A-1H .
- Aperture 436 a of ball 430 a is accessible and configured for mounting adaptive spinal rod 400 to a threaded shaft of a pedicle screw such as shown in FIG. 3E .
- FIG. 4B shows an exploded view of the second segment 400 b of an adaptive spinal rod 400 .
- Second segment 400 b includes rod 410 b , housing 420 b , ball 430 b and cap 440 b .
- Rod 410 b is connected to the middle of housing 420 b .
- Rod 410 b is similar in shape and material to a standard spinal rod.
- Rod 410 b is adapted for mounting to a standard spinal screw/pedicle screw.
- Rod 410 b is, in preferred embodiments, a cylinder about 5 mm to 6.5 mm in diameter and from 45 mm to 150 mm in length.
- Housing 420 b is preferably in the form of a flattened disc. On one side of housing 420 b is a bore 423 b .
- Bore 423 b runs parallel to rod 410 b and passes through housing 420 b .
- Bore 423 b is configured to receive rod 410 a of first segment 400 a (see FIG. 4A ) in a sliding fashion.
- Bore 423 b intersects with a threaded bore 424 b .
- a set screw 426 b is provided for threaded bore 424 b .
- the set screw 426 b when driven in threaded bores 424 b is adapted to intersect bore 423 b and engage and lock rod 410 a of first segment 400 a (see FIG. 4A ).
- FIG. 4C shows two-level adaptive spinal rod 400 fully assembled.
- Ball 430 a , slot 422 a and cap 440 a have been assembled to create sliding ball-joint 401 a .
- Ball 430 b , slot 422 b and cap 440 b have been assembled to create sliding ball-joint 401 b which is similar in design and function to sliding ball-joint 401 a .
- Rod 410 a of first segment 400 a passes through bore 423 b of housing 420 b of second segment 400 b .
- the distance between first housing 420 a and second housing 420 b can be adjusted as suitable for the functional and anatomic needs of the patient.
- Set screw 426 b is subsequently tightened thereby locking rod 410 b to housing 420 b and fixing the distance between housing 420 a and housing 420 b.
- FIG. 4D shows an example of a two-level spinal prosthesis incorporating two-level adaptive spinal rod 400 .
- Adaptive spinal rod 400 is used, in some embodiments, in combination with two bone anchors 350 a , 350 b as shown in FIG. 3E and a conventional pedicle screw 370 to create an adaptive spinal prosthesis 404 similar to the adaptive spinal prosthesis shown in FIG. 3F .
- the first segment 400 a of the adaptive spinal rod 400 is mounted by a bone anchor 350 to a first vertebra (not shown).
- the second segment 400 b of the adaptive spinal rod 400 is mounted by a bone anchor 350 b to an adjacent vertebra (not shown).
- the rod 410 b of second segment 400 b is secured to a third vertebra using a conventional pedicle screw 370 .
- rod 410 b housing 420 b , rod 410 a and housing 420 a are all held in substantially fixed relationship to the third vertebra.
- sliding ball-joints 401 a and 401 b permit the bone anchors 350 a , 350 b to which they are connected to slide (arrows 380 a , 380 b ), pivot (arrows 382 a , 382 b ) and rotate (arrows 384 a , 384 b ) independently of one another.
- the kinematics of both sliding ball-joints 401 a and 401 b are substantially as described in FIGS. 1E-1G and accompanying text.
- the spinal prosthesis is adapted to provide load-sharing while allowing motion thereby stabilizing a level of the spine 190 while restoring and/or preserving some natural motion of the vertebrae.
- FIGS. 5A-5B show views of an alternative two-level adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5A shows an exploded view of the two-level adaptive stabilization system.
- FIG. 5B shows a perspective view of the assembled two-level adaptive spinal rod of FIG. 5A according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- Adaptive spinal rod 500 includes rod 510 , housing 520 , ball 530 a , ball 530 b , and cap 540 .
- Rod 510 is connected to the end of housing 520 .
- Rod 510 is similar in shape and material to standard spinal rods.
- Rod 510 is adapted for mounting to a conventional spinal screw.
- Rod 510 is, in a preferred embodiment, a cylinder about 5 mm to 6.5 mm in diameter and from 55 mm to 100 mm in length.
- Housing 520 is preferably in the form of an elongated flattened disc.
- Housing 520 has a slot 522 passing there through similar in design in function, but substantially longer than slot 122 of FIG. 1A .
- slot 522 is between 30 mm and 120 mm in length.
- Slot 522 is shaped to receive both balls 530 a and 530 b .
- the long axis of slot 522 is parallel to the long axis of rod 510 .
- Cap 540 is adapted to fit within slot 522 of housing 520 .
- Cap 540 has a cap slot 542 there through.
- Balls 530 a and 530 b are of the same configuration as previously described with respect to FIG. 3B .
- balls 530 a and 530 b are placed into slot 522 of housing 520 .
- Cap 540 is then secured into slot 522 of housing 520 trapping or containing balls 530 a and 530 b between cap 540 and housing 520 .
- Slot 522 of housing 520 and slot 542 of cap 540 cooperate to form an elongated race 502 in which balls 530 a and 530 b are both trapped or contained.
- balls 530 a and 530 b are trapped within race 502
- balls 530 a and 530 b can pivot and rotate within race 502 .
- the surface of balls 530 a and 530 b , and the linear race 502 form an extended sliding ball-joint 501 .
- slot 522 and thus race 502 can be linear and also can be configured in accordance with the various configurations of slot 122 and linear race 102 shown in the embodiments of FIGS. 1A-1H .
- Bone anchors 350 a , 350 b are secured to balls 530 a and 530 b are accessible and configured for mounting adaptive spinal rod 500 to the threaded shafts of two pedicle screws such as shown in FIG. 3E .
- FIG. 5B shows two-level adaptive spinal rod 500 fully assembled.
- Balls 530 a , 530 b , slot 522 and cap 540 have been assembled to create sliding ball-joint 501 .
- the distance between balls 530 a and 530 b can be adjusted as suitable for the functional and anatomic needs of the patient.
- FIGS. 5C , 5 D and 5 E show how bone anchors 350 a , 350 b are able to move with respect to rod 510 of two-level adaptive spinal rod 500 when assembled as a two-level adaptive spinal prosthesis 504 .
- FIG. 5C shows a section through bone anchor 350 and adaptive spinal rod 500 in a substantially saggital plane.
- FIG. 5D shows a section through bone anchor 350 and adaptive spinal rod 500 in a transverse plane.
- FIG. 5E shows a section through bone anchor 350 and adaptive spinal rod 500 in a substantially dorsal plane through the middle of the housing 520 .
- two-level adaptive spinal rod 500 can be used in combination with two bone anchors 350 a , 350 b (as described with respect to FIG. 3E ) and a conventional spinal screw 170 (as, for example described with respect to FIG. 1D ) to create an adaptive spinal prosthesis 504 similar to the adaptive spinal prosthesis shown in FIG. 3F .
- the first ball 530 a of the adaptive spinal rod 500 is mounted by a bone anchor 350 a to a first vertebra (not shown).
- the second ball 530 b of the adaptive spinal rod 500 is mounted by another bone anchor 350 b to an adjacent vertebra (not shown).
- the rod 510 of the adaptive spinal rod 500 is secured to a third vertebra (not shown) using a conventional spinal screw 170 .
- rod 510 and housing 520 b are held in a substantially fixed relationship to the third vertebra.
- the motion of balls 530 a and 530 b within sliding ball-joint 501 permits the bone anchors to which they are connected to slide, pivot and rotate.
- FIG. 5C which shows a section through an adaptive spinal prosthesis 504 in a substantially saggital plane (vertical and including the longitudinal axis of bone anchors 350 a , 350 b ).
- balls 530 a , 530 b are trapped or contained in linear race 502 formed by cap 540 in conjunction with housing 520 .
- Balls 530 a , 530 b can move within race 502 .
- Bone anchors 350 a , 350 b are mounted to balls 530 a , 530 b and thus can move relative to rod 510 with one angular degree of freedom and one linear degree of freedom shown in this view.
- the linear motion of balls 530 a , 530 b within race 502 allows bone anchors 350 a , 350 b a limited vertical range of movement (shown by arrows 580 ) equal to the linear travel of balls 530 a , 530 b within race 502 .
- the range of vertical motion is limited by the length of linear race 502 .
- the desired range of vertical motion 580 and thus the length of the race 502 , is selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient. In this embodiment, however, linear race 502 is sufficiently long to span between vertebrae.
- balls 530 a and 530 b are relatively unconstrained in movement towards one another.
- the pivoting of balls 530 a , 530 b within race 502 also allows each of bone anchors 350 a , 350 b a independent and limited angular range of movement which corresponds to spinal flexion/extension (shown by arrows 582 ).
- the center of balls 530 a , 530 b is the center of rotation.
- the range of angular motion 582 is limited by interference between one or more of balls 530 a , 530 b and bone anchor 350 with housing 520 .
- the desired range of angular motion 582 and thus the shape of balls 530 a , 530 b , bone anchor 350 and housing 520 , is selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient.
- FIG. 5D shows a section through bone anchor 350 a and adaptive spinal rod 500 in a substantially transverse plane (horizontal and including the longitudinal axis of bone anchor 350 a ).
- the kinematics of bone anchor 350 b are substantially similar to that of bone anchor 350 a .
- ball 530 a is trapped or contained in linear race 502 formed by cap 540 in conjunction with housing 520 .
- Ball 530 a can move within race 502 .
- Rod 510 is oriented either directly into or directly out of the page in this transverse view through housing 520 .
- Bone anchor 350 a is mounted to balls 530 a and thus can move relative to housing 520 with one angular degree of freedom shown in this view.
- the pivoting of ball 530 a within race 502 allows bone anchor 350 a a limited angular range of movement which corresponds to spinal rotation (shown by arrow 584 ).
- the center of ball 530 a is the center of rotation.
- the range of angular motion is limited by interference between one or more of ball 530 a and bone anchor 350 with housing 520 .
- the desired range of angular motion 584 and thus the shape of ball 530 a , bone anchor 350 and housing 520 , is selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient.
- the range of angular movement 584 in the transverse plane is limited to less than 20 degrees.
- FIG. 5E shows a section through bone anchor 350 a and adaptive spinal rod 500 in a substantially dorsal plane (vertical and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of bone anchors 350 a , 350 b ).
- balls 530 a , 530 b are trapped or contained in linear race 502 .
- Balls 530 a , 530 b can move within race 502 .
- Bone anchors 350 a , 350 b are oriented either directly into or directly out of the page in this transverse view through housing 520 .
- Bone anchors 350 a , 350 b are mounted to balls 530 a , 530 b and thus can move relative to rod 510 with one angular degree of freedom and one linear degree shown in this view.
- the linear motion of balls 530 a , 530 b within race 502 allows bone anchors 350 a , 350 b the limited vertical range of movement (shown by arrows 580 ) equal to the linear travel of balls 530 a , 530 b within race 502 as described above.
- Rotation of balls 530 a , 530 b within race 502 also allows bone anchors 350 a , 350 b to rotate freely an independently (360+ degrees) as shown by arrows 586 which corresponds to lateral spinal twisting.
- the bone anchors 350 a , 350 b and balls 530 a , 530 b rotate freely around the longitudinal axis of the bone anchors.
- the range of angular motion 586 is not limited in this embodiment. However features to limit such rotation could be designed into one or more of balls 530 a , 530 b and bone anchors 350 a , 350 b and housing 520 .
- the desired range of angular motion 586 and thus the shape of balls 530 a , 530 b , bone anchors 350 a , 350 b and housing 520 , can be selected, if necessary) based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient.
- FIGS. 5F , 5 G and 5 H relate to a modification to the two-level adaptive spinal rod of FIGS. 5A-5E incorporating a spacer.
- FIG. 5F is a perspective view the spacer.
- FIG. 5G shows the spacer in combination with the two-level adaptive spinal rod of FIGS. 5A-5E .
- FIG. 5H shows a sectional view through the modified adaptive spinal rod.
- spacer 590 is a perspective view of a spacer 590 .
- spacer 590 has two parallel sides 592 , 593 .
- Parallel side 592 , 593 are convex.
- the curvature of sides 592 , 593 is selected to engage the curvature of the linear race 502 .
- Sides 592 , 593 are spaced such that spacer 590 can fit within linear race 502 and slide along linear race 502 .
- Spacer 590 is, in some embodiments, made from a biocompatible metal, for example, titanium, titanium alloy and/or cobalt chrome.
- the other two sides 594 , 595 of spacer 590 are concave.
- the surface of sides 594 , 595 is selected to engage the surfaces of balls 530 a , 530 b .
- the thickness of spacer 590 is substantially the thickness of linear race 502 .
- FIG. 5G which shows spacer 590 assembled with the two-level adaptive spinal rod 500 of FIGS. 5A-5E .
- spacer 590 fits within linear-race 502 between balls 530 a and 530 b .
- Convex sides 592 , 593 of spacer 590 engage and slide within the sides of linear race 502 .
- Spacer 590 can slide along linear race 502 as shown by arrow 596 .
- the sides 594 , 595 are positioned to contact balls 530 a , 530 b and limit the travel of balls 530 a , 530 b toward one another.
- spacer 590 serves to constrain somewhat the range of motion of balls 530 a , 530 b and limit extension of the spine.
- FIG. 5H shows a section through bone anchors 350 a , 350 b and adaptive spinal rod 500 including spacer 590 in a substantially dorsal plane (vertical and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of bone anchors 350 a , 350 b ).
- balls 530 a , 530 b are trapped or contained in linear race 502 .
- Spacer 590 is positioned between balls 530 , 530 b Balls 530 a , 530 b can move within race 502 .
- the linear motion of balls 530 a , 530 b within race 502 allows bone anchors 350 a , 350 b the limited vertical range of movement shown by arrows 581 equal to the linear travel of balls 530 a , 530 b within race 502 but constrained by the presence of spacer 590 .
- the range of motion 581 is reduced compared to range of motion 580 of FIG. 5E because of the presence of spacer 590 .
- the range of linear motion 181 is limited by interference between one or more of ball 350 a , ball 350 b , and spacer 590 with housing 520 .
- the desired range of angular motion 581 is selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient.
- the range of linear movement is limited to less than 10 mm. In preferred embodiments, the range of linear movement 581 is limited to less than 4 mm.
- Rotation of balls 530 a , 530 b within race 502 still allows bone anchors 350 a , 350 b to rotate freely an independently (360+ degrees) as shown by arrows 586 which corresponds to lateral spinal twisting.
- the desired range of angular motion 586 and thus the shape of balls 530 a , 530 b , bone anchors 350 a , 350 b and housing 520 , can be selected, if necessary) based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient.
- single-level adaptive spinal rods are connected using one or more connectors to assemble a multi-level adaptive spinal prosthesis.
- a range of polyaxial connectors adaptable for this purpose is disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/566,485 titled “Versatile Polyaxial Connector Assembly And Method For Dynamic Stabilization Of The Spine” to Mitchell et al.
- FIGS. 6A-6G show views of a polyaxial connector 660 , suitable for use with bone anchor 650 and adaptive spinal rod 600 as part of a multi-level adaptive spinal prosthesis (see FIG. 6G ).
- Connector 660 mounts externally to a second mount of a bone anchor 650 .
- FIG. 6A shows an example of an adaptive spinal rod 600 .
- FIG. 6B shows a two-mount bone anchor 650 suitable for use with adaptive spinal rod 600 and connector 66 .
- FIG. 6C shows an exploded view of a connector 660 , and components thereof.
- FIG. 6D shows a perspective view of connector 660 as assembled.
- FIGS. 6E and 6F illustrate operation of the connector 660 .
- FIG. 6G shows a two-level adaptive spinal prosthesis using the components of FIGS. 6A-6F .
- Adaptive spinal rod 600 includes rod 610 , housing 620 , arm 621 , ball 630 (see e.g. ball 330 of FIG. 3B ) and cap 640 .
- Rod 610 is connected to one side of housing 620 .
- Rod 610 is similar in shape and material to standard spinal rods.
- Rod 610 is adapted for mounting to a connector or spinal screw (not shown).
- Rod 610 is, in a preferred embodiment, a cylinder about 5 mm to 6.5 mm in diameter and from 65 mm to 100 mm in length.
- An arm 621 projects laterally from housing 620 and connects to rod 610 .
- Housing 620 is preferably in the form of a flattened disc. Housing 620 has a slot 622 passing therethrough (similar in design in function to slot 122 of FIG. 1A ). Slot 622 is shaped to receive ball 630 . The long axis of slot 622 is parallel to the long axis of rod 610 . Cap 640 is adapted to fit within slot 622 of housing 620 . As shown in FIG. 6A , cap 640 and housing 620 cooperate to form race 602 in which ball 630 is trapped to form a linear ball-joint as previous described. Although ball 630 is trapped within race 602 , ball 630 can pivot and rotate within race 602 .
- slot 622 and thus race 602 can be linear and also can be configured in accordance with the various configurations of slot 122 and linear race 102 shown in the various embodiments of FIGS. 1A-1H .
- Aperture 636 of ball 630 is accessible and configured for mounting adaptive spinal rod 600 to a bone anchor (see, e.g., FIG. 6B ).
- FIG. 6B shows a bone anchor 650 configured for attachment of adaptive spinal rod 600 to a vertebra through a connector (not shown).
- bone anchor 650 includes a threaded shaft 652 at the distal end.
- Threaded shaft 652 is sized and configured for engaging a vertebra.
- threaded shaft 652 is sized and configured for implantation in the pedicle of a vertebra.
- Attached to threaded shaft 652 is head 654 .
- Head 654 includes splines 655 which permit head to engage a connector in a fixed angular position.
- Protruding proximally from head 654 is a second mount 651 .
- Second mount 651 is designed to be received in and engaged by connector 660 of FIGS. 6C and 6D .
- Second mount 651 is threaded in order that the connector can be secured to second mount
- first mount 656 Protruding proximally from second mount 651 is first mount 656 .
- First mount 656 has a smooth exterior surface to receive ball 630 of FIG. 6A .
- Protruding proximally of first mount 656 is a threaded shaft 657 for attaching a nut 659 to secure ball 630 of FIG. 6A .
- an aperture 658 In the proximal end of threaded shaft 657 is an aperture 658 .
- Aperture 658 is shaped such that the aperture 658 can be engaged by a driver for implanting/removing bone anchor 650 and/or attaching nut 659 .
- aperture 658 has, in some embodiments, a hexagonal or octagonal cross-section.
- FIGS. 6C and 6D show respectively an exploded and assembled view of connector 660 .
- the components of connector 660 include: snap ring 662 , set screw 677 , clamp ring 661 , swivel 670 and ring nut 680 .
- clamp ring 661 is generally annular with a bore 669 . Bore 669 of clamp ring 661 is sized such that the clamp ring 661 can slide over second mount 651 of bone anchor 650 and also receive the distal end 682 of ring nut 680 . Clamp ring 661 can rotate around the second mount 651 before the clamp ring 661 is locked in place by ring nut 680 .
- Clamp ring 661 has a plurality of splines 667 on a distal surface for engaging splines 655 of bone anchor 650 .
- Clamp ring 661 has a cylindrical extension 664 .
- Cylindrical extension 664 includes a saddle 665 and terminal groove 668 .
- the groove 668 is sized to engage snap ring 662 .
- Swivel 670 has a channel 674 which passes through swivel 670 and which is sized to receive therethrough the rod of an adaptive spinal rod (or conventional spinal rod). Swivel 670 has a threaded aperture 678 sized to fit set screw 677 . Threaded aperture 678 intersects channel 674 to allow set screw 677 to contact a spinal rod (not shown) within channel 674 .
- a bore 671 passes through swivel 670 and intersects with channel 674 . Bore 671 is sized to receive cylindrical extension 664 of clamp ring 661 . Bore 671 has a lip 672 sized to engage snap ring 662 . Snap ring 662 is designed to fit engage groove 668 of cylindrical extension 664 and lip 672 of bore 671 to secure cylindrical extension 664 within bore 671 . Cylindrical extension 664 can, however, rotate within bore 671 .
- Ring nut 680 is received within bore 669 of clamp ring 661 .
- Ring nut 680 is, in some embodiments, provided with a lip, groove, or other detent (not shown) to hold ring nut 680 within bore 669 while still allowing rotation of ring nut 680 relative to clamp ring 661 .
- Ring nut 680 also has tool engagement features 684 which can be engaged by a tool/wrench to secure ring nut 680 to second mount 651 of bone anchor 650 (see FIG. 6B ).
- Cylindrical extension 664 is received through bore 671 and held in place by snap ring 662 .
- Set screw 672 is received within threaded aperture 678 of swivel 670 .
- FIGS. 6E and 6F illustrate the mounting of connector 660 to rod 610 and to the second mount 651 of bone anchor 650 .
- rod 610 (shown in section) is received in channel 674 of connector 660 .
- Second mount 651 is received in clamp ring 661 .
- clamp ring 661 can rotate around bone anchor 650 .
- the unclamped configuration allows adjustment of the direction of rod 610 and also allows rod 610 to slide through channel 674 , and also allows swivel 670 to rotate around cylindrical extension 664 .
- ring nut 680 is tightened, splines 655 are forced against splines 667 locking clamp ring 661 to second mount 651 and preventing further rotation around bone anchor 650 .
- the connector 660 of FIGS. 6C-6F may be used, in some embodiments, to construct an adaptive stabilization assembly for one or more levels of the spine of a patient.
- FIG. 6G shows an example of a two-level adaptive stabilization assembly 690 utilizing the connector 660 of FIGS. 6C-6F .
- FIG. 6G shows how the components may be assembled to provide a multilevel adaptive stabilization assembly which provides stabilization of the spine and load sharing while preserving motion. Note that an identical or similar construct would preferably be implanted on each side of the spine.
- rod 110 of adaptive spinal rod 100 is mounted to head 174 of spinal screw 170 .
- Ball 130 of adaptive spinal rod 100 is secured to bone anchor 650 by nut 659 .
- Sliding ball-joint 101 permits bone anchor 650 to slide, pivot and rotate relative to spinal screw 170 .
- Connector 660 is also mounted to bone anchor 650 .
- Ring nut 680 (not shown) secures clamp ring 661 of connector 660 to bone anchor 650 .
- Set screw 677 secures rod 610 of adaptive spinal rod 600 within channel 674 of swivel 670 .
- Ball 630 of adaptive spinal rod 600 is secured to bone anchor 350 by nut 359 .
- Sliding ball-joint 601 permits bone anchor 650 to slide pivot and rotate relative to bone anchor 350 .
- Adaptive stabilization assembly 690 spans two vertebrae two levels of the spine (three vertebrae).
- Connector 660 and adaptive spinal rods 100 , 600 permit assembly of adaptive stabilization assembly 690 for a wide range of different patient anatomies and/or placement of bone anchors 350 , 650 and spinal screw 170 .
- Connector 660 is particularly useful where, as here, there is slight lateral displacement between the bone anchor positions on either side of a level.
- Adaptive spinal prosthesis 690 is typically assembled in vivo by first implanting the bone anchors 650 , 350 and spinal screw 170 in pedicles of adjacent vertebra. After implanting the bone anchors 650 , 350 and spinal screw 170 , the connector 660 is placed over bone anchor 650 and rod 610 is positioned within channel 674 of the connector 660 . Ball 630 is then secured to bone anchor 350 . After securing ball 630 , the position of rod 610 and swivel 670 are adjusted and then connector 660 is locked in position by tightening set screw 677 and tightening ring nut 680 (not shown). Rod 110 is then secured to head 174 of spinal screw 170 by tightening set screw 173 .
- FIGS. 7A-7C are views of an adaptive stabilization system including an adaptive spinal rod according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 7A is an exploded view showing the components of an adaptive spinal rod.
- FIG. 7B is a perspective view of the assembled adaptive spinal rod.
- FIG. 7C is a sectional view illustrating the kinematics of a bone anchor relative to the adaptive spinal rod.
- Adaptive spinal rod 700 includes: rod 710 , housing 720 , ball 730 , cap 740 , spacer 750 and set screw 760 .
- Rod 710 is connected at one end to housing 720 .
- Rod 710 is similar in size, shape and material to standard spinal rods.
- Rod 710 is adapted for mounting to a standard pedicle screw or polyaxial screw (not shown).
- Rod 710 is in preferred embodiments, preferably a cylinder about 5 mm to 6.5 mm in diameter and from 35 mm to 100 mm in length.
- rod 710 and housing 720 are made in one piece from titanium or titanium alloy.
- Housing 720 has a slot 722 passing there through. Slot 722 is shaped to receive ball 730 and spacer 750 from open side 724 however, the closed side 726 of slot 722 is too small for ball 730 and spacer 750 to pass. Open side 724 of slot 722 is also shaped to receive cap 740 . Closed side 726 of slot 722 has a curved surface 728 adapted to engage ball 730 . In one embodiment curved surface 728 has the same radius of curvature as ball 730 . Housing 720 has a threaded aperture 721 for receiving set screw 760 .
- Ball 730 is in some embodiments, of the same design as ball 130 of FIG. 1A or ball 330 a of FIG. 3B .
- An aperture 736 passes through ball 730 .
- the aperture is threaded in part and/or provided with tool engagement features (a hexagonal depression is shown) which allow ball 730 to be engaged and turned by a tool.
- Ball 730 is adapted to be secured to a bone anchor with or without using a separate nut depending on design.
- Spacer 750 has two parallel sides 752 , 753 .
- Parallel side 752 , 753 are convex. The curvature of sides 752 , 753 is selected to engage the curvature of the linear race 502 .
- Sides 752 , 753 are spaced such that spacer 750 can fit within race 702 and slide along linear race 702 .
- race 702 can have other configurations.
- Spacer 750 is, in some embodiments, made from a biocompatible metal, for example, titanium, titanium alloy and/or cobalt chrome.
- Side 754 of spacer 750 is concave for engaging ball 730 .
- the remaining has an aperture 755 for engaging set screw 760 .
- the thickness of spacer 750 is substantially the thickness of linear race 702 .
- set screw 760 is adapted to contact ball and directly limit the length of linear race 702 without the need for a spacer 750 .
- Cap 740 is adapted to fit within slot 722 of housing 720 .
- Cap 740 has a cap slot 742 therethrough.
- the open side 744 of slot 742 is configured to admit a portion of ball 730 and spacer 750 .
- the closed side 746 of slot 742 is too small for ball 730 and spacer 750 to pass.
- the interior of slot 742 has a curved surface adapted to engage ball 730 and spacer 750 .
- FIG. 7B shows a fully assembled adaptive spinal rod 700 in which ball 730 and spacer 750 are positioned between cap 740 and housing 720 .
- the position of spacer 750 is adjustably controlled by set screw 760 .
- Slot 722 of housing 720 and slot 742 of cap 740 cooperate to from a linear race 702 in which ball 730 is contained or trapped.
- the position of spacer 750 controls the length of linear race 702 .
- ball 730 is contained or trapped within linear race 702
- ball 730 can pivot and rotate within race 702 as shown by arrows 760 , 762 .
- Ball 730 can also slide a small distance along linear race 702 as shown by arrow 764 .
- the range of angular and linear movement of ball 730 can be adjusted by changing the length of linear race 702 using set screw 760 and spacer 750 .
- aperture 736 of ball 730 is accessible and configured for mounting adaptive spinal rod 700 to a bone anchor, e.g. bone anchor 350 of FIG. 3E .
- FIG. 7C shows a section through a bone anchor 350 and adaptive spinal rod 700 in a substantially dorsal plane (vertical and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of bone anchor 350 ).
- ball 730 is contained or trapped in linear race 102 .
- Set screw 760 is adjustable to move spacer 750 and control the length of race 702 .
- Ball 730 can move within race 702 .
- Bone anchor 350 is oriented either directly into or directly out of the page in this transverse view through housing 720 . Bone anchor 350 is mounted to ball 730 and thus can move relative to rod 710 with one angular degree of freedom and one linear degree shown in this view.
- race 702 allows bone anchor 150 a limited vertical range of movement 780 corresponding to spinal flexion/extension.
- the range of linear motion can be adjusted using set screw 760 to more spacer 750 .
- Rotation of ball 130 within race 702 is unrestricted, allowing bone anchor 350 to rotate freely (360+ degrees) as shown by arrow 786 which corresponds to lateral spinal twisting.
- the bone anchor 350 rotates freely around the longitudinal axis of the bone anchor 350 .
- the range of rotation 786 is not limited in this embodiment. However features to limit such rotation could be designed into one or more of bone anchor 750 , ball 730 , cap 740 , and housing 720 .
- the desired range of linear motion 780 and rotation 786 can be selected, if necessary or desirable, based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient.
- the implantation and assembly of adaptive spinal rods is preferably performed in a minimally invasive manner and, thus, tools are provided to facilitate installation and assembly through cannulae. These tools can also be used in open procedures.
- One suitable minimally invasive approach to the lumbar spine is the paraspinal intermuscular approach. This approach is described for example in “The Paraspinal Sacraspinalis-Splitting Approach to the Lumber Spine,” by Leon L. Wiltse et al., The Journal of Bone & Joint Surgery , Vol. 50-A, No. 5, July 1968, which is incorporated herein by reference. In general the patient is positioned prone. Incisions are made posterior to the vertebrae to be stabilized.
- Bone anchors according to embodiments of the present invention and conventional pedicle screws are placed in the vertebrae as necessary for the selected assembly. The screws are placed lateral to the facet joints and angled in towards the vertebral body.
- the adaptive spinal rods are then inserted into position adjacent the bone anchors, screws and conventional pedicle screws.
- the balls of the adaptive spinal rods are then secured to the mounts of the bone anchors the other end of the adaptive spinal rod is then connected to the conventional screws with the desired interpediclular distance.
- the implantation of the adaptive bone anchors and connection of the adaptive rods can be facilitated by specially designed implantation tools ( FIGS. 8A-8D ) and connection tools ( FIGS. 9A-9F ) as described below.
- FIG. 8A shows a perspective view of an implantation tool 850 for use in implanting a bone anchor 150 .
- Bone anchor 150 is as described with respect to FIG. 1C with the addition of a tool engagement feature (not shown).
- Implantation tool 850 includes an inner shaft 860 received within a tubular sleeve 870 .
- Inner shaft 860 is free to rotate within sleeve 870 .
- Sleeve 870 may also be slid towards the proximal end of inner shaft 860 by pulling on grip 874 .
- a coil spring 872 is connected between the sleeve 870 and inner shaft 860 to hold sleeve 870 in its more distal position relative to shaft 860 .
- the length and diameter of implantation tool 850 is selected so as to allow use through a cannula in a minimally invasive surgical technique thereby reducing disruption of tissues adjacent the implantation site, reducing patient recovery and improving surgical outcomes.
- shaft 860 has at a proximal end a quick release mount 862 to which a handle (not shown) may be attached for turning inner shaft 860 .
- Suitable handles for attachment to shaft 860 include ratcheting handles, torque sensing handles and torque limiting handles.
- a handle may be permanently connected to or integrated with the proximal end of shaft 862 .
- Inner shaft has at a distal end a head 864 .
- Head 864 includes means for engaging and securing bone anchor 150 during implantation as is described below.
- head 864 can be received over the proximal portion of bone anchor 150 with key 158 and mount 156 received within shaft 860 (see dashed line).
- bone anchor 150 is inserted into the head 864 of shaft 860 with the head 154 and engagement features 155 engaged by head 864 and the key 158 secured within head 864 .
- Bone anchor 150 is thus secured to implantation tool 850 .
- Bone anchor 150 will not be released unless and until the surgeon pulls back on grip 874 .
- bone anchor 150 and implantation tool can be inserted as one unit through a cannula to the implantation location in the spine facilitating the positioning and implantation of bone anchor 150 .
- FIG. 8B shows a detailed sectional view of the head 864 of the implantation tool 850 of FIG. 8A engaged with a bone anchor 150 .
- head 864 includes a socket 865 for receiving and engaging head 154 of bone anchor 150 .
- Socket 865 is designed to mate with head 154 in order to rotate the threaded shaft 152 of bone anchor 150 .
- the interior of socket 865 may be hexagonal, octagonal or provided with flutes/splines etc., depending on the particular configuration of the head 154 .
- Socket 865 should be able to apply sufficient torque to head 154 to implant the bone anchor 150 in a pedicle.
- head 864 also includes a bore 865 for receiving key 158 and mount 156 of adaptive bone anchor.
- key 158 includes a nipple 818 at the proximal end.
- a ball 852 is positioned within an aperture 867 which passes from the exterior of shaft 860 intersecting bore 865 adjacent nipple 818 .
- Ball 852 is held by sleeve 870 in a position in which ball 852 protrudes into bore 865 so as to trap nipple 818 within bore 865 .
- head 154 is received in socket 865 and bone anchor 150 is locked to implantation tool 850 by the interaction of nipple 818 and ball(s) 852 .
- FIG. 8C shows a detailed sectional view of the head 864 of the implantation tool 850 of FIG. 8A configured to release a bone anchor 150 .
- the first step is to slide sleeve 870 proximally relative to shaft 860 as shown by arrow A. This is achieved by pulling back on grip 874 against the force of spring 872 (See FIG. 8A ).
- ball(s) 852 enters a portion of sleeve 870 with a larger internal diameter. Ball(s) 852 can move away from engagement with nipple 818 and key 158 as they pass ramp 865 releasing nipple 818 .
- both shaft 860 and sleeve 870 can be pulled together away from bone anchor 150 .
- FIG. 8D shows a transverse view of the lumbar spine illustrating use of the implantation tool 850 of FIG. 8A to implant bone anchors 150 in the pedicles 882 of a lumbar vertebra 884 according to an embodiment of the invention.
- implantation tool 850 may be used through a cannula 880 to implant the adaptive bone anchor in a minimally invasive procedure.
- the cannula 880 is introduced to the patient to approach the pedicles posteriorly.
- the pedicle 882 of the vertebra is 884 is exposed in the conventional fashion.
- a hole 886 is then drilled through the pedicle 882 into the vertebral body 883 of the vertebra.
- a bone anchor 150 is selected having of suitable length, diameter and force/deflection characteristics is selected for implantation.
- the head 154 of the selected bone anchor 150 is inserted into the head 864 of implantation tool 850 and secured in place.
- bone anchor 150 and implantation tool 850 are inserted as one assembly through cannula 880 to the implantation site. Then bone anchor 150 is implanted by turning a handle 888 attached to the quick release on the proximal end of shaft 860 . The bone anchor 150 is driven into hole 886 until the head 154 is at the surface of the vertebra 884 (see arrow 890 ). The torque to drive bone anchor 150 is provided by handle 888 through shaft 860 to head 154 of bone anchor 150 .
- FIGS. 9A-9D show views of an attachment tool for securing an adaptive spinal rod 100 to a bone anchor 150 according to an embodiment of the invention.
- FIG. 9A shows a perspective view of an attachment tool 950 for securing an adaptive spinal rod 100 to a bone anchor 150 (shown in FIG. 9C ) according to an embodiment of the invention.
- Adaptive spinal rod 100 may be, for example, the adaptive spinal rod 100 of FIGS. 1A-1B .
- Bone anchor 150 may be, for example, the bone anchor 150 as shown in FIG. 1C .
- attachment tool 950 includes an inner shaft 960 received within a tubular sleeve 970 .
- the length and diameter of attachment tool 950 is selected so as to allow use through a cannula in a minimally invasive surgical technique thereby reducing disruption of tissues adjacent the implantation site, reducing patient recovery time and improving surgical outcomes.
- Inner shaft 960 is free to rotate and slide within sleeve 970 .
- Inner shaft 960 has at a proximal end an attached handle 962 .
- shaft 960 may have a fitting to which a handle might be attached, for example, ratcheting handles, torque sensing handles and torque limiting handles
- Inner shaft has at a distal end a head 964 for engaging and securing the key of an adaptive spinal rod 100 (see FIG. 9B ).
- sleeve 970 includes a butterfly grip 974 at the proximal end thereof.
- Sleeve 970 has at the distal end thereof, means for engaging and securing the female tool engagement features of a ball of an adaptive spinal rod 100 during connection to a bone anchor as is described below.
- head 964 includes a male hex fitting 972 with a central aperture 973 .
- FIG. 9B shows an enlarged view of head 964 from the distal end of attachment tool 950 .
- FIG. 9B shows male hex fitting 972 with central aperture 973 . Through central aperture 973 is visible female hex socket 965 of head 964 . Protruding into female hex socket 965 are two spring tabs 967 .
- FIGS. 9C and 9D show detailed sectional views of the distal end attachment tool 950 in relation to an adaptive spinal rod 100 and bone anchor 150 .
- FIG. 9C which shows a detailed sectional view of the distal end of the attachment tool 950 of FIG. 9A , engaged with an adaptive spinal rod 100 and a bone anchor 150 .
- male hex fitting 972 of head 964 of outer sleeve 970 fits into the tool engagement features of ball 130 .
- the key 158 of bone anchor 150 is received within female hex socket 965 of inner shaft 960 .
- turning handle 962 relative to butterfly grip 974 can rotate ball 130 relative to bone anchor 150 .
- Attachment tool 950 is designed to apply sufficient torque to ball 130 to secure ball 130 to bone anchor 150 and to breakaway key 158 .
- attachment tool 950 should be able to provide greater than 30 foot pounds of torque.
- FIG. 9D shows a detailed sectional view of the distal end of the attachment tool 950 of FIG. 9A after break away of key 158 of bone anchor 150 .
- FIG. 9D shows a detailed sectional view of the distal end of the attachment tool 950 of FIG. 9A after break away of key 158 of bone anchor 150 .
- tabs 967 on central aperture 973 engage either side of a nipple 818 of key 158 to secure key 158 within female hex socket 965 .
- key 158 breaks away it can be removed from the patient with connection tool 950 as shown.
- FIGS. 9E-9F show lateral views of the lumbar spine illustrating steps of attaching an adaptive spinal rod 100 to a bone anchor 150 utilizing the attachment tool of FIG. 9A according to an embodiment of the invention.
- the adaptive spinal rod 100 is implanted after the bone anchor 150 and a polyaxial screw 940 have already been implanted.
- Adaptive spinal rod 100 is implanted in a cranial direction—preferably in a minimally invasive manner until adaptive spinal rod 100 is positioned adjacent bone anchor 150 and polyaxial screw 940 .
- the key 158 of bone anchor 150 is then fed through ball 130 of adaptive spinal rod 100 as shown.
- connection tool 950 is inserted through a cannula 880 to engage ball 130 and key 158 .
- Ball 130 is then turned relative to key 158 until it is fully secured to bone anchor 150 .
- further torque is applied until key 158 (not shown) is sheared off. In a preferred embodiment, this requires 30 foot pounds of torque and is sufficient to lock ball 130 to bone anchor 150 .
- connection tool 950 can be removed from cannula 880 .
- key 158 (not shown) is retained inside attachment tool 950 for easy removal from the patient.
- a conventional tool 984 is then inserted through cannula 980 to operate polyaxial screw 940 to secure the other end of adaptive spinal rod 100 .
- single-level adaptive spinal rods are connected using one or more connectors to assemble a multi-level adaptive spinal prosthesis.
- a range of polyaxial connectors adaptable for this purpose is disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/566,485 titled “Versatile Polyaxial Connector Assembly And Method For Dynamic Stabilization Of The Spine” to Mitchell et al.
- FIGS. 10A-10G show views of a polyaxial connector 1060 adapted for connecting a bone anchor 1050 to an adaptive spinal rod 1000 in a two-level adaptive spinal prosthesis 1004 .
- Connector 1060 mounts externally to a second mount of a bone anchor 1050 .
- FIG. 10A shows an example of an adaptive spinal rod 1000 .
- FIGS. 10B shows a bone anchor 1050 suitable for use with adaptive spinal rod 1000 and a connector.
- FIGS. 10C and 10D shows an exploded view of a connector, and components thereof, suitable for use with bone anchor 1050 and adaptive spinal rod 1000 as part of a two-level adaptive spinal prosthesis.
- FIGS. 10E and 10F illustrate operation of the polyaxial connector.
- FIG. 10G shows a two-level adaptive spinal prosthesis 1090 using the components of FIGS. 10A-10F .
- FIG. 10A is an exploded view of the components of a single level adaptive spinal rod 1000 .
- Adaptive spinal rod 1000 includes rod 1010 , housing 1020 , arm 1021 , ball 330 (see FIG. 3B ) and cap 1040 a .
- Rod 1010 a is connected to one side of housing 1020 a .
- Rod 1010 a is similar in shape and material to standard spinal rods.
- Rod 1010 a is adapted for mounting to the second segment 1000 b (See FIG. 10B ) of adaptive spinal rod 1000 (See FIG. 10C ).
- Rod 1010 is, in a preferred embodiment, a cylinder about 5 mm to 6.5 mm in diameter and from 105 mm to 100 mm in length.
- Housing 1020 is preferably in the form of a flattened disc. An arm projects laterally from housing 1020 and connects to rod 1010 . Housing 1020 has a slot 1022 passing therethrough (similar in design in function to slot 122 of FIG. 1A ). Slot 1022 is shaped to receive ball 1030 . The long axis of slot 1022 is parallel to the long axis of rod 1010 . Cap 1040 is adapted to fit within slot 1022 of housing 1020 . As shown in FIG. 10A , cap 1040 and slot 1020 cooperate to form race 1002 in which ball 1030 is contained or trapped to form a linear ball-joint as previous described. Although ball 1030 is contained or trapped within race 1002 , ball 1030 can pivot and rotate within race 1002 .
- slot 1022 and thus race 1002 can be linear and also can be configured in accordance with the various configurations of slot 1022 and linear race 1002 shown in the embodiments of FIGS. 1A-1H .
- Aperture 1036 of ball 1030 is accessible and configured for mounting adaptive spinal rod 1000 to a bone anchor as shown in FIG. 10B .
- FIG. 10B shows a bone anchor 1050 configured for attachment of adaptive spinal rod 1000 to a vertebra.
- bone anchor 1050 includes a threaded shaft 1052 at the distal end. Threaded shaft 1052 is sized and configured for engaging a vertebra. In preferred embodiments threaded shaft 1052 is sized and configured for implantation in the pedicle of a vertebra. Attached to threaded shaft 1052 is head 1054 . Head 1054 includes surface features 1055 which permit head to be engaged by a tool to rotate head 1054 and threaded shaft 1052 and drive bone anchor 1050 into a desired implant location. Protruding proximally from head 1054 is a second mount 1051 .
- Second mount 1051 can be provided with surface texture e.g. knurling and/or surface features. Second mount 1051 is designed to be received in and engaged by connector 1060 of FIGS. 10C-10G . Protruding proximally from second mount 1051 is first mount 1056 . First mount 1056 has a smooth exterior surface 1057 to receive ball 1030 of FIG. 10A . Protruding proximally of first mount 1056 is a threaded shaft 1057 for attaching a nut 1059 to secure ball 1030 of FIG. 10A . In the proximal end of threaded shaft 1057 is an aperture 1058 .
- Aperture 1058 is shaped such that the aperture 1058 can be engaged by a driver for implanting/removing bone anchor 1050 and/or attaching nut 1059 .
- aperture 1058 has, in some embodiments, a hexagonal or octagonal cross-section.
- FIG. 10C is an exploded view of connector 1060 the connector 1060 revealing the components: snap ring 1002 , locking screw 1077 , clamp ring 1061 , swivel 1070 and plunger 1080 .
- clamp ring 1061 is generally annular with a bore 1069 .
- Bore 1069 of clamp ring 1061 is sized such that the clamp ring 1061 can slide freely up and down second mount 1051 of bone anchor 1050 (see FIG. 10B ) and rotate around the second mount 1051 before the clamp ring 1061 is locked.
- a rim 1063 is, in some embodiments, provided around bore 1069 .
- On one side of clamp ring 1061 is a cylindrical extension 1064 .
- a bore 1062 passes through the middle of cylindrical extension 1064 and intersects with bore 1069 of the clamp ring 1061 .
- Cylindrical extension 1064 has a groove 1068 on its outer surface. The groove 1068 is sized so that snap ring 1002 fits entirely within the groove 1068 when snap ring 1002 is compressed.
- Connector 1070 has a channel 1074 which passes through swivel 1070 and which is sized to receive therethrough the rod of an adaptive spinal rod (or conventional spinal rod).
- Swivel 1070 has a threaded aperture 1078 sized to fit locking screw 1077 . Threaded aperture 1078 intersects channel 1074 to allow set screw 1077 to contact a spinal rod within channel 1074 .
- An aperture 1071 passes through another side of swivel 1070 and intersects with channel 1074 .
- Aperture 1071 is sized to receive cylindrical extension 1064 of clamp ring 1061 and plunger 1080 .
- Aperture 1071 has a lip 1075 which prevents plunger 1080 from slipping too far into channel 1074 .
- Aperture 1071 also has a groove 1072 sized to engage snap ring 1002 .
- plunger 1080 is generally cylindrical and sided to fit within bore 1062 .
- the first end 1082 of plunger 1080 is inserted into bore 1062 of clamp ring 1061 .
- First end 1082 is, in some embodiments, concave so as to better engage a bone anchor placed in bore 1069 .
- Plunger 1080 has a lip 1086 at its second end 1084 so that it cannot fall entirely through bore 1062 .
- Snap ring 1002 is designed to fit within groove 1068 of cylindrical extension 1064 . In an uncompressed state snap ring 1002 is slightly smaller in diameter to fit over cylindrical extension 1064 . To insert snap ring 1002 into groove 1064 , snap ring 1002 is expanded slightly and pushed over cylindrical extension 1064 of clamp ring 1061 until snap ring 1002 snaps into groove 1068 .
- snap ring 1002 is compressed into groove 1064 of cylindrical extension 1064 while cylindrical extension 1064 is inserted into aperture 1071 .
- groove 1068 becomes aligned with groove 1072 and snap ring 1002 can expand into groove 1072 .
- snap ring 1002 has expanded into groove 1072 a portion of snap ring 1002 remains within each of grooves 1072 and 1068 .
- Cylindrical extension 1064 is thereby locked into aperture 1071 of swivel 1070 . Cylindrical extension 1064 can, however, rotate within aperture 1071 .
- plunger 1080 may still slide somewhat in and out of bore 1062 of clamp ring 1061 .
- Second end 1084 of plunger 1080 protrudes slightly into the channel 1074 when assembled as described below.
- the plunger 1080 is pushed through bore 1062 outwards from channel 1074 the plunger grips the second mount and prevents the clamp ring 1061 from moving in any direction.
- FIGS. 10E and 10F illustrate the clamping action of connector 1060 to rod 1010 and to the second mount 1056 of bone anchor 1050 .
- rod 1010 (shown in section) is received in channel 1074 of connector 1060 .
- Second mount 1051 is received in bore 1069 of clamp ring 1061 .
- Plunger 1080 (shown by dotted line) sits in bore 1062 (not shown) of clamp ring 1061 between rod 1010 and second mount 1051 .
- clamp ring 1061 may slide up and down on second mount 1051 and rotate around second mount 1051 ; swivel 1070 is free to also free to rotate relative to clamp ring 1061 ; and rod 1010 can slide freely in and out of channel 1074 .
- the unclamped configuration thereby allows adjustment of the direction and angle of rod 1010 with several degrees of freedom.
- the connector 1060 of FIGS. 10C-10F may be used, in some embodiments, to construct an adaptive stabilization assembly for one or more levels of the spine of a patient.
- FIG. 10G shows an example of a two-level adaptive stabilization assembly 1090 utilizing the connector 1060 of FIGS. 10C-10F .
- FIG. 10G shows how the components may be assembled and implanted in the spine of a patient to provide a multilevel adaptive stabilization assembly which provides stabilization of the spine and load sharing while preserving motion. Note that an identical or similar construct would preferably be implanted on the left side of the spine.
- rod 110 of adaptive spinal rod 100 is mounted to head 174 of spinal screw 170 .
- Ball 130 of adaptive spinal rod 100 is secured to bone anchor 1050 by nut 1059 .
- Sliding ball-joint 101 permits bone anchor 1050 to slide, pivot and rotate relative to spinal screw 170 .
- Connector 1060 is also mounted to bone anchor 1050 .
- Set screw 1077 secures clamp ring 1061 of connector to bone anchor 1050 and also secures rod 1010 of adaptive spinal rod 1000 within channel 1074 of swivel 1070 .
- Ball 1030 of adaptive spinal rod 1000 is secured to bone anchor 350 by nut 359 .
- Sliding ball-joint 1001 permits bone anchor 1050 to slide pivot and rotate relative to bone anchor 350 .
- Adaptive spinal prosthesis is typically assembled in vivo by first implanting the bone anchors 1050 , 350 and spinal screw 170 in pedicles of adjacent vertebra. After implanting the bone anchors 1050 , 350 and spinal screw 170 , the connector 1061 is placed over bone anchor 1050 and rod 1010 is positioned within channel 1074 of the connector 1060 . Ball 1030 is then secured to bone anchor 350 . After securing ball 1030 , the position of rod 1010 and swivel 1070 are adjusted and then connector 1060 is locked by tightening set screw 1077 .
- Ball 130 of adaptive spinal rod 100 is secured to bone anchor 1050 by nut 1059 .
- Rod 110 is then placed within head 174 of spinal screw 170 .
- the position of the rod 110 is then adjusted relative to head 174 and the head 174 is secured to rod 110 by set screw 173 .
- Adaptive stabilization assembly 1090 spans two vertebrae two levels of the spine (three vertebrae).
- Connector 1060 and adaptive spinal rods 100 , 1000 permit assembly of adaptive stabilization assembly 1090 for a wide range of different patient anatomies and/or placement of bone anchors 350 , 1050 and spinal screw 170 .
- Connector 1060 is particularly useful where, as here, there is slight lateral displacement between the bone anchor positions on either side of a level.
- FIGS. 11A-11G are views of an adaptive stabilization system including an alternative adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 11A is an exploded view showing the components of an adaptive spinal rod.
- FIG. 11B is a perspective view of the assembled adaptive spinal rod.
- FIG. 11C shows a perspective view of a bone anchor suitable for mounting the adaptive spinal rod to a vertebra.
- FIG. 11D shows a spinal prosthesis assembly including the adaptive spinal rod, a bone anchor and a conventional pedicle screw.
- FIGS. 11E , 11 F, 11 G and 11 H are sectional views illustrating the kinematics of the bone anchor relative to the adaptive spinal rod.
- FIG. 11A is an exploded view of the components of an adaptive spinal rod 1100 .
- Adaptive spinal rod 1100 has three components: rod 1110 , ball or ball-shaped mount or partially-spherical mount 1130 and cap 1140 .
- Rod 1110 preferably, is connected and/or includes at one end to housing 1120 .
- Rod 1110 is similar in size, shape and material to standard spinal rods.
- Rod 1110 is adapted for mounting to a standard pedicle screw or polyaxial screw (not shown).
- Rod 1110 is, in preferred embodiments, a cylinder about 5 mm to 6.5 mm in diameter and from 35 mm to 100 mm in length.
- Housing 1120 is preferably in the form of a flattened disc.
- Housing 1120 has an aperture 1122 passing therethrough.
- Aperture 1122 is circular in section to receive ball 1130 .
- Aperture 1122 is shaped to receive ball 1130 from open side 1124 .
- the closed side 1126 of aperture 1122 is too small for ball 1130 to pass.
- Closed side 1126 of aperture 1122 has a curved surface 1128 adapted to engage ball 1130 .
- curved surface 1128 has the same radius of curvature as ball 1130 .
- Open side 1124 of aperture 1122 is shaped to receive cap 1140 after placement of ball 1130 .
- Cap 1140 can be force fit or welded to the housing 1120 to hold ball 1130 in place.
- rod 1110 and housing 1120 are made in one piece from titanium or titanium alloy.
- cap 1140 is adapted to fit within aperture 1122 of housing 1120 .
- Cap 1140 has a cap aperture 1142 therethrough.
- the open side 1144 of cap aperture 1142 is configured to admit a portion of ball 1130 .
- the closed side 1146 of cap aperture 1142 is too small for ball 1130 to pass.
- the interior of cap aperture 1142 has a curved surface 1148 adapted to engage ball 1130 .
- curved surface 1148 has the same radius of curvature as ball 1130 .
- ball 1130 is placed into aperture 1122 of housing 1120 .
- Cap 1140 is then secured into aperture 1122 of housing 1120 trapping or containing ball 1130 between cap 1140 and housing 1120 to form a ball-joint (see FIG. 11E ).
- ball 1130 can pivot and rotate within a race created by curved surface 1148 of cap 1140 and curved surface 1128 of housing 1120 .
- Ball 1130 is in the form of a sphere truncated on two opposing sides 1132 , 1134 .
- An elongated slot 1136 passes through ball 1130 from side 1132 to side 1134 .
- Elongated slot 1136 is preferably shaped like an oval and/or a rectangle having rounded corners, and/or “race tracks” and/or elliptical.
- the walls of slot 1136 are about perpendicular to the truncated opposing sides 1132 , 1134 .
- the width (shorter dimension) 1137 of slot 1136 is preferably at least slightly larger than the diameter of the posterior mount 1156 of bone anchor 1150 to be received in the slot 1136 (not shown, but see FIG. 11C ).
- the length (longer dimension) 1139 of slot 1136 is about 1 mm to 5 mm greater than the diameter of the posterior mount 1156 to be received in slot 1136 . In preferred embodiments, the length of slot 1136 is about 1 mm to 3 mm greater than the diameter of the posterior mount 1156 to be received in slot 1136 .
- Ball 1130 is adapted to receive a smooth mount 1156 of a bone anchor 1150 —the mount 1156 is held in place using a separate nut 1151 (see FIG. 11D ).
- Slot 1136 is elongated to allow a bone anchor to slide (and rotate) in slot 1136 as explained below. Thus, when secured in place, the posterior mount 1156 can slide and rotate within slot 1136 .
- the bone anchor 1150 can slide, rotate and pivot relative to the spinal rod 1110 .
- the ball 1130 can rotate and pivot inside housing 1120 and spinal rod 1100 .
- the range of sliding movement of the mount 1156 is dependent upon the length of the elongated slot 1136 .
- FIG. 11B shows a fully assembled adaptive spinal rod 1100 in which ball 1130 is positioned between cap 1140 and housing 1120 .
- Aperture 1122 of housing 1120 and cap aperture 1142 of cap 1140 cooperate to from a partially-spherical race 1102 in which ball 1130 is contained or trapped.
- ball 1130 can pivot and rotate within circular race 1102 as shown by arrows 1160 , 1162 .
- the surface of ball 1130 and the linear race 1102 form a ball-joint 1101 .
- slot 1136 of ball 1130 is accessible from both sides of the housing 1120 after ball 1130 has been secured between cap 1140 and housing 1120 .
- Slot 1136 of ball 1130 is accessible and configured for mounting adaptive spinal rod 1100 to a bone anchor, for example, the bone anchor shown, in FIG. 11C .
- the longitudinal axis of slot 1136 is shown in FIG. 11B to be aligned with the longitudinal axis of rod 1110 .
- slot 1136 can be aligned at an angle to, as well as parallel, to the longitudinal axis of rod 1110 .
- this arrangement allows the spinal rod 1110 to be out of alignment with the motion of the spine.
- slot 1136 can be at an angle with the longitudinal axis of the spinal rod 1110 .
- FIG. 11C shows a bone anchor 1150 configured for attachment of adaptive spinal rod 1100 to a vertebra.
- bone anchor 1150 includes a threaded shaft 1152 at the distal end.
- Threaded shaft 1152 is sized and configured for engaging a vertebra.
- threaded shaft 1152 is sized and configured for implantation in the pedicle of a vertebra.
- Attached to threaded shaft 1152 is head 1154 .
- Head 1154 includes surface features 1155 which permit head to be engaged by a tool to rotate head 1154 and threaded shaft 1152 and drive bone anchor 1150 into a desired implant location in a vertebra.
- Protruding proximally from head 1154 is a mount 1156 .
- Mount 1156 has a smooth cylindrical exterior surface 1157 to which ball 1130 of FIGS. 11A and 11B can be mounted. Protruding proximally of mount 1156 are threaded shaft 1159 and key 1158 . Threaded shaft 1159 is configured for attachment of a nut 1151 (not shown, but see FIG. 11D ) to secure ball 1130 to mount 1156 . Key 1158 is shaped such that the key 1158 can be engaged by a driver for implanting bone anchor 1150 and/or attaching ball 1130 . For example, key 1158 has, in some embodiments, a hexagonal or octagonal cross-section.
- a groove which reduces the cross-section of material such that the key 1158 is designed to breakaway when a predetermined amount of torque is applied to key 1158 .
- the breakaway torque is determined by the shape of the groove and the remaining cross-section of material. The breakaway key can thus be used to ensure that the correct amount of torque is applied when securing a nut to threaded shaft 1159 .
- FIG. 11D shows a perspective view of a spinal prosthesis 1104 including adaptive spinal rod 1100 mounted to bone anchor 1150 by a nut 1151 .
- Spinal prosthesis 1104 includes, in this embodiment: adaptive spinal rod 1100 of FIGS. 11A and 11B ; bone anchor 1150 of FIG. 11C ; and a conventional spinal screw 1170 .
- Spinal screw 1170 is, in some embodiments, a polyaxial pedicle screw.
- adaptive spinal rod 1100 is secured at one end to conventional spinal screw 1170 .
- Rod 1110 has been secured into a slot 1172 in a head 1174 of spinal screw 1170 by a set screw 1173 .
- Set screw 1173 secures spinal rod 1110 in a fixed position relative to head 1174 and also, in some embodiments, locks the position of head 1174 relative to the threaded screw shaft 1176 of spinal screw 1170 .
- spinal prosthesis 1104 when implanted, rod 1110 and housing 1120 of adaptive spinal rod 1100 are secured in a fixed position relative to spinal screw 1170 (and any vertebra to which it is mounted).
- Adaptive spinal rod 1100 is secured, at the other end to bone anchor 1150 of FIG. 11C through ball 1130 .
- Ball 1130 contained or trapped within race 1102 , has been secured to posterior mount 1156 of bone anchor 1150 .
- Breakaway key 1158 (see FIG. 11C ) has been broken away from posterior mount 1156 during implantation, and removed from the patient.
- ball 1130 has been secured to mount 1156
- ball 1130 is still able to pivot and rotate within race 1102 relative to housing 1120 of adaptive spinal rod 1100 .
- posterior mount 1156 can still slide and rotate within slot 1136 of ball 1130 . It is to be understood that mount 1156 of bone anchor 1150 can slide along the longer dimension 1139 of slot 1136 in ball 1130 .
- bone anchor 1150 can slide through ball 1130 in the directions of sides 1132 and 1134 . Consequently, with bone anchor 1150 secured to adaptive spinal rod 1100 through ball 1130 ( FIG. 11E ), bone anchor 1150 is still able to slide, pivot and rotate relative to rod 1110 and spinal screw 1170 . (See FIGS. 11E , 11 F, 11 G and 11 H). Similarly, the spinal rod 1100 can slide, pivot and rotate relative to posterior mount 1156 and also bone anchor 1150 (see FIGS. 11E , 11 F, 11 G and 11 H).
- pivoting of ball 1130 allows bone anchor 1150 to pivot relative rod 1110 as shown by arrows 1160 .
- bone anchor 1150 can pivot in all directions from perpendicular without interference between housing 1120 and either head 1154 or nut 1151 .
- Head 1154 and nut 1151 are, in some embodiments, provided with relief features to prevent interference with housing 1120 .
- Rotation of ball 1130 allows bone anchor 1150 to rotate around its longitudinal axis relative to rod 1110 as shown by arrow 1162 . Such rotation is also permitted by rotation of mount 1156 within slot 1136 . Sliding movement of posterior mount 1156 within slot 1136 also allows linear movement of bone anchor 1150 relative to rod 1110 as shown by arrow 1164 .
- This linear movement is shown aligned with the longitudinal axis of rod 1110 .
- the longitudinal axis of slot 1136 can align itself at an angle to the longitudinal axis of rod 1110 to better accommodate relative movement of the vertebrae in which bone anchors 1150 and 1170 are implanted.
- FIGS. 11E , 11 F, 11 G and 11 H are partial sectional views of spinal prosthesis 1104 of FIG. 11D illustrating the kinematics of bone anchor 1150 relative to adaptive spinal rod 1100 in different planes.
- FIG. 11E shows a section through bone anchor 1150 and adaptive spinal rod 1100 in a substantially saggital plane.
- FIG. 11F shows a section through bone anchor 1150 and adaptive spinal rod 1100 in a substantially transverse plane.
- FIGS. 11G and 11H show sections through bone anchor 1150 and adaptive spinal rod 1100 in a substantially dorsal plane through the middle of the housing 1120 .
- FIG. 11E shows a section through bone anchor 1150 and adaptive spinal rod 1100 in a substantially saggital plane (vertical and including the longitudinal axis of bone anchor 1150 ).
- ball 1130 is contained or trapped between cap 1140 and housing 1120 to form a ball-joint.
- Ball 1130 can pivot within the housing 1120 within limits imposed by contact between housing 1120 , cap 1140 , nut 1151 and head 1154 .
- posterior mount 1156 can slide within slot 1136 of ball 1130 within limits imposed by contact of posterior mount 1156 and the walls of slot 1136 .
- bone anchor 1150 can rotate in slot 1136 .
- bone anchor 1150 can pivot in the saggital plane as shown by arrow 1182 and translate in the saggital plane as shown by arrow 1186 and rotate.
- the nut 1151 can be fastened to threaded shaft 1159 in a manner that allows the bone anchor 1150 to translate along the longitudinal axis along the direction of arrow 1187 . This can be accomplished by providing for a longer posterior mount 1156 that distances nut 1131 further from the ball 1130 than is shown in FIG. 11G . This arrangement can be provided in the other embodiments discussed herein.
- slot 1136 allows bone anchor 1150 a limited range of vertical movement which corresponds to spinal flexion/extension (shown by arrow 1186 ).
- the desired range of vertical motion 1186 and thus the dimensions of slot 1136 , are selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient.
- the range of movement is limited to less than 5 mm.
- the range of translational movement is approximately 2 mm.
- the difference between the length of slot 1136 and the diameter of posterior mount 1156 controls the linear range of movement. Further, for large patients, the range of motion can be greater than 5 mm.
- the ball-joint also allows bone anchor 1150 a limited angular range of movement which corresponds to spinal flexion/extension (shown by arrow 1182 ).
- the desired range of angular motion 1182 is selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient. In the embodiments, preferably the range of angular movement in the saggital plane is limited to less than 15 degrees.
- FIG. 11F shows a section through bone anchor 1150 and adaptive spinal rod 1100 in a substantially transverse plane.
- the ball-joint 1101 allows bone anchor 1150 a limited angular range of movement which corresponds to spinal rotation (shown by arrow 1184 ).
- the range of angular movement is limited by contact between housing 1120 and cap 1140 with nut 1151 and/or head 1154 .
- the desired range of angular motion 1184 and thus the shape of housing 1120 , cap 1140 , nut 1151 and head 1154 can be selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient.
- the range of angular movement in the transverse plane is limited to less than 10 degrees in each direction. In other embodiments, the range of angular movement can be 10 degrees or greater. The range of angular movement in the transverse plane can, in some embodiments, be different than the range in the saggital/vertical plane.
- FIG. 11G shows a section through bone anchor 1150 and adaptive spinal rod 1100 in a substantially dorsal plane (vertical and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of bone anchor 1150 ).
- Bone anchor 1150 is oriented either directly into or directly out of the page in this transverse view through housing 1120 and posterior mount 1156 .
- ball 1130 is contained or trapped in housing 1120 .
- Ball 1130 can rotate within race 1202 and thus, in housing 1120 .
- Mount or post 1156 of the bone anchor 1150 is contained or trapped in slot 1136 of ball 1130 .
- Mount or post 1156 of the bone anchor 1150 can slide within slot 1136 as well as rotate within slot 1136 .
- the mount 1156 and thus the bone anchor 1150 can pivot with respect to spinal rod 1100 .
- the spinal rod 1100 can slide, rotate and pivot relative to the bone anchor 1150 .
- the bone anchor 1150 can slide, rotate and pivot relative to the spinal rod 1100 .
- the ball 1130 can rotate and pivot relative to the spinal rod 1100 and the mount or post of the bone anchor can rotate and slide relative to the ball 1130 .
- linear slot 1136 allows bone anchor 1150 the limited vertical range of movement 1186 as described above.
- Rotation of ball 1130 within housing 1120 and rotation of posterior mount 1156 within slot 1136 is unrestricted in this preferred embodiment, allowing bone anchor 1150 to rotate freely (360+ degrees) as shown by arrow 1180 which corresponds to lateral spinal twisting.
- the bone anchor 1150 rotates freely around the longitudinal axis of the spinal rod 1100 .
- the range of rotation 1180 is not limited in this embodiment. However, features to limit such rotation could be designed into one or more of bone anchor 1150 , ball 1130 , cap 1140 , and housing 1120 if desired with appropriate stop surface.
- the desired range of rotation 1180 can be selected, if necessary or desirable, based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient.
- FIGS. 11H and 11I show other dorsal sectional view. In FIG. 11H , slot 1136 is no longer aligned with the longitudinal axis of rod 1110 .
- FIG. 11H illustrates how the linear movement axis 1188 can change based on rotation of ball 1130 .
- FIG. 11I is a representation of the implantation of two spinal rods 1100 a and 1100 b , side by side in generally a vertical orientation adjacent to the spine of a patient. These respective spinal rods are secured to an upper vertebra with first anchor screws and are secured to lower vertebra with second anchor screws. Due to the placement of the screws and the anatomy of the patient, spinal rod 1100 b is placed about vertical and parallel to the spine. Again, due to the placement of the screws and the anatomy of the patient, spinal rod 1100 a is placed at an angle to vertical and in this embodiment; spinal rod 1100 a is placed at an angle of about 20 degrees or less. The direction of motion of the spine in flexion and extension along a vertical path is shown by arrow 1189 . As is evident from FIG.
- spinal rod 1100 a is not aligned with vertical arrow 1189 .
- slot 1136 can rotate to be substantially parallel with vertical arrow 1189 .
- the post or mount 1156 located in slot 1136 of spinal rod 1100 a can slide or translate parallel to the direction of motion 1189 of the spine, even though spinal rod 1100 a is not aligned with the direction of motion 1189 .
- aperture 1122 in the housing of 1120 at the end of spinal rod 1110 can also be elongated, oval or rectangular with rounded corners, or race-track shaped, as for example, shown in FIGS. 1G and 3A . Accordingly, in this embodiment, both the aperture 1122 in housing 1120 and slot 1136 in mount or ball 1130 are elongated, oval or rectangular with rounded corners or race-track shaped. Accordingly, in addition to the motions afforded between spinal rod 1100 and bone anchor 1150 due to the elongated slot 1136 as shown in FIG. 11G , motions afforded between spinal rod 1100 and bone anchor 1150 due to the elongated aperture 1122 are available in this embodiment.
- FIGS. 12A-12B are views of an adaptive stabilization system including another alternative adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 12A is an exploded view showing the components of an adaptive spinal rod.
- FIG. 12B is a plane view of the assembled adaptive spinal rod.
- FIG. 12C is a perspective view of the adaptive spinal rod 1200 of FIG. 12A as assembled.
- FIG. 12A which is an exploded view of the components of an adaptive spinal rod 1200
- adaptive spinal rod 1200 has three components: rod 1210 , ball 1230 and cap 1240 .
- Rod 1210 is preferably connected and/or includes at one end to housing 1220 .
- Rod 1210 preferably, is similar in size, shape and material to standard spinal rods.
- Rod 1210 is preferably adapted for mounting to a standard pedicle screw or polyaxial screw (not shown).
- Rod 1210 is, in preferred embodiments, a cylinder about 5 mm to 6.5 mm in diameter and from 35 mm to 100 mm in length.
- Housing 1220 is preferably in the form of a flattened disc. Housing 1220 has an aperture 1222 passing therethrough. Aperture 1222 is circular in section to receive ball 1230 . Aperture 1222 is shaped to receive ball 1230 from open side 1224 , however, the closed side 1226 of aperture 1222 is too small for ball 1230 to pass. Closed side 1226 of aperture 1222 has a curved surface 1228 adapted to engage ball 1230 . In one embodiment, curved surface 1228 has the same radius of curvature as ball 1230 . Open side 1224 of aperture 1222 is shaped to receive cap 1240 after placement of ball 1230 . Cap 1240 can be force fit or welded to the housing 1220 to hold ball 1230 in place. In preferred embodiments, rod 1210 and housing 1220 are made in one piece from titanium or titanium alloy.
- Cap 1240 is adapted to fit within aperture 1222 of housing 1220 .
- Cap 1240 has a cap aperture 1242 therethrough.
- the open side 1244 of cap aperture 1242 is configured to admit a portion of ball 1230 .
- the closed side 1246 of cap aperture 1242 is too small for ball 1230 to pass.
- the interior of cap aperture 1242 has a curved surface 1248 adapted to engage ball 1230 .
- curved surface 1248 has the same radius of curvature as ball 1230 .
- ball 1230 is placed into aperture 1222 of housing 1220 .
- Cap 1240 is then secured into aperture 1222 of housing 1220 trapping ball 1230 between cap 1240 and housing 1220 to form a ball-joint (see FIG. 12C ).
- ball 1230 can pivot and rotate within a race created by curved surface 1248 of cap 1240 and curved surface 1228 of housing 1220 .
- Ball 1230 is in the form of a sphere truncated on two opposing sides 1232 , 1234 .
- a bore 1236 passes through ball 1230 from side 1232 to side 1234 .
- the walls of bore 1236 are preferably perpendicular to the truncated opposing sides 1232 , 1234 .
- Ball 1230 is adapted to receive a smooth shaft of a bone anchor—the shaft is held in place using a separate nut.
- the bore 1236 is cylindrical and has an internal diameter sized to receive the posterior shaft of a bone anchor to be received in the bore (not shown but see FIG. 11C ) and to allow bone anchor rotation.
- the shaft of the bone anchor can slide (along the longitudinal axis of the bone anchor) and rotate within bore 1236 .
- Bore 1236 is eccentric in that the axis of bore 1236 does not pass through the center of ball 1230 .
- FIG. 12B shows an enlarged view of ball 1230 from side 1232 .
- Bore 1236 passes all the way through ball 1230 .
- the axis of bore 1236 is preferably perpendicular to side 1232 (and side 1234 , not shown).
- Bore 1236 is circular and the center axis 1237 of bore 1236 is offset from the center axis 1231 of ball 1230 (the axis passing through the center of ball 1230 perpendicular to sides 1232 and 1234 ).
- the offset 1239 is illustrated by a double-headed arrow.
- the axis of bore 1236 is offset from the center of ball 1230 by preferably 0.5 mm to 2.5 mm.
- the axis of bore 1236 is offset from the center of ball 1230 by 1 mm. Because of the offset, rotation of the ball 1230 can move the center axis 1237 of bore 1236 through a range of double the amount of offset 1239 .
- ball 1230 When integrated into adaptive spinal rod 1200 , ball 1230 provides a linear range of motion of twice the amount of offset between the rod 1210 and a shaft mounted in bore 1236 achieving results kinematically similar to adaptive spinal rod 1100 of FIGS. 11A-11H .
- FIG. 12C shows a fully assembled adaptive spinal rod 1200 in which ball 1230 is positioned between cap 1240 and housing 1220 .
- Aperture 1222 of housing 1220 and cap aperture 1242 of cap 1240 cooperate to from a partially-spherical race 1202 in which ball 1230 is contained or trapped.
- ball 1230 is contained or trapped within race 1202
- ball 1230 can pivot and rotate within circular race 1202 .
- the surface of ball 1230 , and the linear race 1202 form a ball-joint.
- bore 1236 of ball 1230 is accessible from both sides of the housing 1220 after ball 1230 has been secured between cap 1240 and housing 1220 .
- Bore 1236 of ball 1230 is accessible and configured for mounting adaptive spinal rod 1200 to a bone anchor, for example, the bone anchor shown, in FIG. 11C .
- the bore 1236 is shown in FIG. 12B to be on the opposite side of race 1202 from rod 1210 . However, because ball 1230 can rotate within race 1202 , bore 1236 can move closer to rod 1210 by a distance double the offset 1239 to position 1241 (See FIG. 12B ).
- Movement of the adaptive spinal rod relative to the bone anchor provides load sharing and adaptive stabilization properties to the adaptive stabilization assembly.
- the characteristics of the material of the adaptive spinal rod in combination with the dimensions of the components affect the force-deflection characteristics of the adaptive spinal rod.
- the dimensions and materials may be selected to achieve the desired force-deflection characteristics.
- the adaptive spinal rod and bone anchors are preferably made of biocompatible implantable metals.
- Components of the adaptive spinal rod are, in some embodiments, made from stainless steel, titanium, titanium alloy and/or cobalt chrome.
- the bone anchor and adaptive spinal rod are made of titanium alloy; however, other materials, for example, stainless steel may be used instead of or in addition to the titanium components.
- moving components of the adaptive spinal rod are, in some embodiments, made of cobalt chrome for good wear characteristics.
- adaptive stabilization assemblies shown herein are provided by way of example only. It is an aspect of preferred embodiments of the present invention that a range of components be provided and that the components may be assembled in different combinations and organizations to create different assemblies suitable for the functional needs and anatomy of different patients. Also, adaptive spinal rods having different force deflection characteristics may be incorporated at different spinal levels in accordance with the anatomical and functional requirements. Stabilization and load sharing may be provided at one or more motion segments and in some cases stabilization and load sharing may be provided at one or more motion segments in conjunction with fusion at an adjacent motion segment.
- Particular adaptive stabilization assemblies may incorporate combinations of the bone anchors, adaptive spinal rods, vertical rods, deflection rods, offset and coaxial connectors described herein, described in the related applications incorporated by reference, and also standard spinal stabilization and/or fusion components, for example screws, rods and polyaxial screws.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Surgery (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Surgical Instruments (AREA)
- Prostheses (AREA)
Abstract
An adaptive spinal rod is provided for connecting levels of an adaptive stabilization system to support the spine while providing for the preservation of spinal motion. Embodiments of the adaptive stabilization rod include a ball having an anchor system, a deflection system, a vertical rod system and a connection system. The deflection system provides adaptive stabilization and load-sharing. The adaptive spinal rod connects different levels of the construct in a multilevel construct. The adaptive spinal rod cooperates with the deflection system to further reduce stress exerted upon the bone anchors and spinal anatomy.
Description
- This patent application claims priority to the following patents and patent applications:
- U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/353,508, filed Jun. 10, 2010, entitled “ADAPTIVE SPINAL ROD AND METHODS FOR STABILIZATION OF THE SPINE” (Attorney Docket No. SPART-01058US0); and
- U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/435,961, filed Jan. 25, 2011, entitled “ADAPTIVE SPINAL ROD AND METHODS FOR STABILIZATION OF THE SPINE” (Attorney Docket No. SPART-01058US1).
- All of the afore-mentioned patent applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
- This application is related to all of the afore-mentioned patent applications. This application is also related to all of the following applications including:
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/014,868, filed Jan. 27, 2011, entitled “ADAPTIVE SPINAL ROD AND METHODS FOR STABILIZATION OF THE SPINE” (Attorney Docket No. SPART-01058US2); and
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/014,878, filed Jan. 27, 2011, entitled “ADAPTIVE SPINAL ROD AND METHODS FOR STABILIZATION OF THE SPINE” (Attorney Docket No. SPART-01058US3).
- All of the afore-mentioned patent applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
- Back pain is a significant clinical problem and the costs to treat it, both surgical and medical, are estimated to be over $2 billion per year. One method for treating a broad range of degenerative spinal disorders is spinal fusion. Implantable medical devices designed to fuse vertebrae of the spine to treat have developed rapidly over the last decade. However, spinal fusion has several disadvantages including reduced range of motion and accelerated degenerative changes adjacent the fused vertebrae.
- Alternative devices and treatments have been developed for treating degenerative spinal disorders while preserving motion. These devices and treatments offer the possibility of treating degenerative spinal disorders without the disadvantages of spinal fusion. However, current devices and treatments suffer from disadvantages e.g., complicated implantation procedures; lack of flexibility to conform to diverse patient anatomy; the need to remove tissue and bone for implantation; increased stress on spinal anatomy; insecure anchor systems; poor durability, and poor revision options. Consequently, there is a need for new and improved devices and methods for treating degenerative spinal disorders while preserving motion.
- The present invention includes a spinal implant system and methods that can dynamically stabilize the spine while providing for the preservation of spinal motion. Embodiments of the invention provide an adaptive spinal stabilization system which includes: versatile components, adaptive stabilization assemblies, and methods of implantation. An aspect of embodiments of the invention is the ability to stabilize two, three and/or more levels of the spine by the selection of appropriate components of embodiments of the invention for implantation in a patient. Another aspect of embodiments of the invention is the ability to accommodate particular anatomy of the patient by providing a system of versatile components which may be customized to the anatomy and needs of a particular patient and procedure. Another aspect of the invention is to facilitate the process of implantation and minimize disruption of tissues during implantation.
- Thus, the present invention provides new and improved systems, devices and methods for treating degenerative spinal disorders by providing and implanting an adaptive spinal stabilization assembly which supports the spine while preserving motion. These and other objects, features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the drawings and detailed description which follow.
-
FIG. 1A is an exploded view of an adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 1B is a perspective view of an assembled adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 1C is a perspective view of a bone anchor for adapted for use with the adaptive spinal rod ofFIGS. 1A , and 1B according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 1D is a perspective view of a spinal prosthesis including the adaptive spinal rod ofFIGS. 1A , and 1B and bone anchor ofFIG. 1C according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 1E is a saggital section of the spinal prosthesis ofFIG. 1D . -
FIG. 1F is a transverse section of the spinal prosthesis ofFIG. 1D . -
FIG. 1G is a dorsal section of the spinal prosthesis ofFIG. 1D . -
FIG. 1H is a perspective view of a two-level spinal prosthesis including the adaptive spinal rod ofFIGS. 1A , and 1B and bone anchor ofFIG. 1C according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 2A is an exploded view of an adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 2B is a perspective view of a bone anchor suitable for use with the adaptive spinal rod ofFIG. 2A according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 2C is a perspective view of an assembly including the bone anchor ofFIG. 2B and the adaptive spinal rod ofFIG. 2A according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 2D is a saggital section of the assembly ofFIG. 1C as implanted. -
FIG. 2E is a transverse section of the spinal prosthesis ofFIG. 1C as implanted. -
FIG. 2F is a dorsal section of the spinal prosthesis ofFIG. 1C as implanted. -
FIG. 3A is an exploded view of a first segment of a two-level adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 3B is an enlarged view illustrating features of a ball for use in a sliding ball-joint according to an embodiment of the invention. -
FIG. 3C is a perspective view of the first segment of a two-level adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 3D is a perspective view of the second segment of a two-level adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 3E is a perspective view of a bone anchor for use with the two-level adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 3F is a perspective view of a spinal prosthesis including the two-level adaptive spinal rod ofFIGS. 1A , and 1B and bone anchor ofFIG. 1C according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 3G is a partial sectional view illustrating motion limiting features of adaptive spinal rod according to embodiments of the present invention. -
FIG. 3H is a perspective view of an alternative single-level adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 4A is an exploded view of a first segment of a two-level adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 4B is an exploded view of a second segment of a two-level adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 4C is a perspective view of an adaptive spinal rod including the components ofFIGS. 4A and 4B according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 4D is a perspective view of an adaptive spinal prosthesis including the two-level adaptive spinal rod ofFIGS. 4A-4C according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 5A is an exploded view of a two-level adaptive spinal rod according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 5B is a perspective view of an adaptive spinal rod including the components ofFIG. 5A according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 5C is a saggital section of a two-level adaptive spinal prosthesis incorporating the adaptive spinal rod ofFIG. 5B . -
FIG. 5D is a transverse section of a two-level adaptive spinal prosthesis incorporating the adaptive spinal rod ofFIG. 5B . -
FIG. 5E is a dorsal section of a two-level adaptive spinal prosthesis incorporating the adaptive spinal rod ofFIG. 5B . -
FIG. 5F shows a spacer which is, in some embodiments, incorporated into the two-level adaptive spinal rod ofFIG. 5B . -
FIG. 5G is a perspective view of an adaptive spinal rod including the components ofFIGS. 5A through 5E according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 5H is a dorsal section of a two-level adaptive spinal prosthesis incorporating the adaptive spinal rod ofFIG. 5G . -
FIG. 6A is a view of an adaptive spinal rod according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 6B is a view of a bone anchor for use in a two-level adaptive stabilization system according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 6C is an exploded view of a polyaxial connector for use in a two-level adaptive stabilization system according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 6D is an alternative view of a component of the connector ofFIG. 6C . -
FIGS. 6E and 6F are views illustrating the clamping action of the polyaxial connector ofFIG. 6C . -
FIG. 6G is a perspective view illustrating a two-level adaptive spinal prosthesis utilizing the components ofFIGS. 6A-6D . -
FIG. 7A is an exploded view of an adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 7B is a perspective view of the adaptive spinal rod ofFIG. 7A . -
FIG. 7C is a partial sectional view of the adaptive spinal rod ofFIG. 7A . -
FIG. 8A shows a perspective view of an implantation tool for an adaptive bone anchor according to an embodiment of the invention. -
FIGS. 8B and 8C show detailed sectional views of the head of the implantation tool ofFIG. 8A in relation to the bone anchor. -
FIG. 8D is a transverse view of the lumbar spine illustrating use of the implantation tool ofFIG. 8A to implant a bone anchor in the pedicles of a lumbar vertebra according to an embodiment of the invention. -
FIG. 9A shows a perspective view of an attachment tool for securing an adaptive spinal rod to a bone anchor according to an embodiment of the invention. -
FIG. 9B shows a detailed view of the head of the attachment tool ofFIG. 9A . -
FIGS. 9C and 9D show detailed sectional views of the head of the attachment tool ofFIG. 9A in relation to an adaptive spinal rod and bone anchor. -
FIG. 9E-9H are a lateral views of the lumbar spine illustrating steps to secure an adaptive spinal rod to a bone anchor using the attachment tool ofFIG. 9A according to an embodiment of the invention. -
FIG. 10A is a view of an adaptive spinal rod according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 10B is a view of a bone anchor for use in a two-level adaptive stabilization system according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 10C is an exploded view of a polyaxial connector for use in a two-level adaptive stabilization system according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 10D is an alternative view of a component of the connector ofFIG. 10C . -
FIGS. 10E and 10F are views illustrating the clamping action of the polyaxial connector ofFIG. 10C . -
FIG. 10G is a perspective view illustrating a two-level adaptive spinal prosthesis utilizing the components ofFIGS. 10A-10D . -
FIG. 11A is an exploded view of an adaptive spinal rod according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 11B is a perspective view of the adaptive spinal rod ofFIG. 11A as assembled. -
FIG. 11C is a perspective view of a bone anchor adapted for use with the adaptive spinal rod ofFIGS. 11A , and 11B according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 11D is a perspective view of a spinal prosthesis including the adaptive spinal rod ofFIGS. 11A and 11B and bone anchor ofFIG. 11C . -
FIG. 11E is a saggital section of the spinal prosthesis ofFIG. 11D . -
FIG. 11F is a transverse section of the spinal prosthesis ofFIG. 11D . -
FIG. 11G is a dorsal section of the spinal prosthesis ofFIG. 11D . -
FIG. 11H is a dorsal section of the spinal prosthesis ofFIG. 11D . -
FIG. 11I is a composite view ofFIGS. 11G and 11H . -
FIG. 12A is an exploded view of an adaptive spinal rod according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 12B is a plane view of the adaptive spinal rod ofFIG. 11A as assembled. -
FIG. 12C is a perspective view of the adaptive spinal rod ofFIG. 11A as assembled. - In the figures and detail description that follows common reference numerals are used to indicate like elements throughout the drawings and detailed description; therefore, reference numerals used in a drawing may or may not be referenced in the detailed description specific to such drawing if the associated element is referenced and described elsewhere. Elements having identical reference numbers differing only by a terminal reference letter are related and/or identical—the description of the structure and/or function of each such element should be considered with respect to all such elements to the extent differences between the elements are not specified. The first digit in a three digit reference numeral indicates the series of figures in which the referenced item first appears. Likewise the first two digits in a four digit reference numeral.
- The terms “vertical” and “horizontal” are used throughout the detailed description to describe general orientation of structures relative to the spine of a human patient that is standing. This application also uses the terms proximal and distal in the conventional manner when describing the components of the spinal implant system. Thus, proximal refers to the end or side of a device or component closest to the hand operating the device, whereas distal refers to the end or side of a device furthest from the hand operating the device. For example, the tip of a bone screw that enters a bone would conventionally be called the distal end (it is furthest from the surgeon) while the head of the screw would be termed the proximal end (it is closest to the surgeon).
- The present invention includes a versatile spinal implant system and methods which can stabilize the spine while providing for the preservation of spinal motion. Alternative embodiments can be used for spinal fusion. An aspect of the invention is stabilizing the spine while restoring and/or preserving the natural motion of the spine including the quality of motion as well as the range of motion. Still, another aspect of the invention is providing for load sharing and stabilization of the spine while preserving motion. Another aspect of embodiments of the invention is the ability to stabilize two, three and/or more levels of the spine by the selection of appropriate components for implantation in a patient. Another aspect of the invention is the ability to provide for higher stiffness and fusion at one level or to one portion of the spine while allowing for lower stiffness and adaptive stabilization at another adjacent level or to another portion of the spine. Embodiments of the invention allow for fused levels to be placed next to dynamically stabilized levels. Such embodiments of the invention enable vertebral levels adjacent to fusion levels to be shielded by providing a transition from a rigid fusion level to a dynamically stable, motion preserved, and more mobile level. Alternative embodiments can be utilized in spinal fusion procedures.
- Embodiments of the present invention provide for assembly of an adaptive spinal prosthesis which supports the spine while providing for the preservation of spinal motion. Another aspect of the invention is to provide an adaptable modular system which can be utilized to create an adaptive spinal prosthesis customized to the needs of the patient. The adaptive stabilization system includes bone anchors and adaptive spinal rods. The bone anchors secure the adaptive spinal stabilization system to the spinal anatomy. The adaptive spinal rods provide adaptive stabilization by contributing for load sharing and stabilization of the spine while preserving motion. Embodiments of the invention include surgical kits, surgical methods, constructs, and prostheses including: an adaptive spinal rod; a bone screw specifically designed for use with an adaptive spinal rod; a bone anchor in combination with an adaptive spinal rod; a plurality of bone anchors in combination with an adaptive spinal rod; a plurality of bone anchors in combinations with a plurality of adaptive spinal rods.
-
FIGS. 1A-1G are views of an adaptive stabilization system including an adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.FIG. 1A is an exploded view showing the components of an adaptive spinal rod.FIG. 1B is a perspective view of the assembled adaptive spinal rod.FIG. 1C shows a perspective view of a bone anchor suitable for mounting the adaptive spinal rod to a vertebra.FIG. 1D shows a spinal prosthesis assembly including the adaptive spinal rod, a bone anchor and a conventional pedicle screw.FIGS. 1E , 1F and 1G are sectional views illustrating the kinematics of the bone anchor relative to the adaptive spinal rod. - Referring first to
FIG. 1A , which is an exploded view of the components of an adaptivespinal rod 100. Adaptivespinal rod 100 has three components:rod 110 includinghousing 120,ball 130 andcap 140.Rod 110 is connected at one end tohousing 120.Rod 110 is preferably similar in size, shape and material to standard spinal rods.Rod 110 is preferably adapted for mounting to a standard pedicle screw or polyaxial screw (not shown).Rod 110 is, in preferred embodiments, a cylinder of about 5 mm to 6.5 mm in diameter and from 35 mm to 100 mm in length.Housing 120 is preferably in the form of a flattened disc.Housing 120 has aslot 122 passing there through.Slot 122 is shaped to receiveball 130 fromopen side 124 however, theclosed side 126 ofslot 122 is too small forball 130 to pass.Slot 122 and thuslinear race 102 can be elongated to allowball 130 to slide inslot 122 as explained below. It is to be understood thatlinear race 102, in addition to being elongated such thatball 130 can move linearly along the direction of the longitudinal axis ofrod 110, can be oval and/or elliptical shaped and/or rectangular with rounded corners and/or race-track shaped such thatball 130 can move linearly in any direction. Further,slot 122 and thuslinear race 102 can be an enlarged sphere shaped such thatball 130 can move in any linear direction relative to the sphere as well as pivoting and rotating relative tolinear race 102.Open side 124 ofslot 122 is shaped to receivecap 140.Closed side 126 ofslot 122 has acurved surface 128 adapted to engageball 130. In one embodimentcurved surface 128 has the same radius of curvature asball 130.Cap 140 can be force fit or welded in place to thehousing 120 to holdball 130 in place. In preferred embodiments,rod 110 andhousing 120 are made in one piece from titanium or titanium alloy. -
Ball 130 is in the form of a sphere truncated on two opposingsides aperture 136 passes throughball 130 fromside 132 toside 134. As shown inFIG. 1A , one end ofaperture 136 is provided with tool engagement features 138 (a hexagonal depression is shown) which allowball 130 to be engaged and turned by a tool. The other end ofaperture 136 has a threadedwall 139 adapted to allowball 130 to be secured to a threaded screw (not shown). Thus,ball 130 is adapted to be secured to a threaded shaft (not shown) without using a separate nut. Inalternative embodiments aperture 136 is not provided with tool engagement features 138 or threadedwall 139 and is adapted to be secured to a threaded shaft (not shown) with a separate threaded nut/fastener (not shown). -
Cap 140 is adapted to fit withinslot 122 ofhousing 120.Cap 140 has acap slot 142 therethrough. Theopen side 144 ofslot 142 is configured to admit a portion ofball 130. Theclosed side 146 ofslot 142 is too small forball 130 to pass. The interior ofslot 142 has acurved surface 148 adapted to engageball 130. In one embodimentcurved surface 148 has the same radius of curvature asball 130. - During assembly,
ball 130 is placed intoslot 122 ofhousing 120.Cap 140 is then secured intoslot 122 ofhousing 120 trapping or containingball 130 betweencap 140 andhousing 120.FIG. 1B shows a fully assembled adaptivespinal rod 100 in whichball 130 is positioned betweencap 140 andhousing 120. Slot 122 ofhousing 120 and slot 142 ofcap 140 cooperate to from alinear race 102 in whichball 130 is trapped or contained. Althoughball 130 is trapped or contained withinlinear race 102,ball 130 can pivot and rotate withinlinear race 102 as shown byarrows Ball 130 can also slide a small distance alonglinear race 102 as shown byarrow 164. As shown inFIG. 1B ,aperture 136 ofball 130 is accessible afterball 130 has been secured betweencap 140 andhousing 120. In adaptivespinal rod 100 as assembled,aperture 136 ofball 130 is accessible and configured for mounting adaptivespinal rod 100 to a threaded shaft of a pedicle screw as shown, for example inFIG. 1C . In combination, the surface ofball 130, and thelinear race 102 form a sliding ball-joint 101. -
FIG. 1C shows abone anchor 150 configured for attachment of adaptivespinal rod 100 to a vertebra. As shown inFIG. 1C ,bone anchor 150 includes a threadedshaft 152 at the distal end. Threadedshaft 152 is sized and configured for engaging a vertebra. In preferred embodiments threadedshaft 152 is sized and configured for implantation in the pedicle of a vertebra. Attached to threadedshaft 152 ishead 154.Head 154 includes surface features 155 which permit head to be engaged by a tool to rotatehead 154 and threadedshaft 152 and drivebone anchor 150 into a desired implant location. Protruding proximally fromhead 154 is amount 156.Mount 156 has a threadedexterior surface 157 to whichball 130 ofFIGS. 1A and 1B can be mounted. Protruding proximally ofmount 156 is key 158.Key 158 is shaped such that the key 158 can be engaged by a driver for implantingbone anchor 150 and/or attachingball 130. For example, key 158 has, in some embodiments, a hexagonal or octagonal cross-section. At the base ofkey 158 is agroove 159.Groove 159 reduces the cross-section of material such that the key 158 is designed to breakaway when a predetermined amount of torque is applied tokey 158. The breakaway torque is determined by the shape ofgroove 159 and the remaining cross-section of material. -
FIG. 1D shows the relationship between aspinal prosthesis 104 and aspine 190.Spinal prosthesis 104 includes, in this embodiment: adaptivespinal rod 100 ofFIGS. 1A and 1B ;bone anchor 150 ofFIG. 1C ; and a conventionalspinal screw 170.Spinal screw 170 is, in some embodiments, a polyaxial pedicle screw. As shown inFIG. 1D , adaptivespinal rod 100 is secured at one end to thebone anchor 150 ofFIG. 1C and at the other end to conventionalspinal screw 170.Ball 130, trapped or contained withinlinear race 102, has been secured to mount 156 ofbone anchor 150.Breakaway key 158 is broken away frommount 156 during implantation and removed from the patient.Rod 110 has been secured into aslot 172 in ahead 174 ofspinal screw 170 by aset screw 173. Setscrew 173 securesrod 110 in a fixed position relative to head 174 and also, in some embodiments, locks the position ofhead 174 relative to the threadedscrew shaft 176 ofspinal screw 170. - In
spinal prosthesis 104,rod 110 andhousing 120 of adaptivespinal rod 100 are secured in a fixed position, as shown inFIG. 1D , relative tospinal screw 170. However,ball 130 is still able pivot rotate and slide inlinear race 102 relative tohousing 120 of adaptive spinal rod 100 (seeFIG. 1C ). Consequently, withbone anchor 150 secured to adaptivespinal rod 100 throughball 130,bone anchor 150 is still able to slide, pivot and rotate relative torod 110 andspinal screw 170. (SeeFIGS. 1E , 1F and 1G). - Referring again
FIG. 1D which shows the relationship between aspinal prosthesis 105 and aspine 190.Bone anchor 150 is implanted in avertebra 192 a passing throughpedicle 194 a intospinal body 196 a.Spinal screw 170 is implanted in avertebra 192 b passing through apedicle 194 b intospinal body 196 b. A secondspinal screw 170 is implanted in avertebra 192 c passing through apedicle 194 c intospinal body 196 c.Spinal screws 170 androd 110b hold vertebrae vertebrae FIG. 1D , wherebone anchor 150 androd 110 b provides load-sharing and permits a controlled range of motion between theadjacent vertebrae spine 190 while restoring and/or preserving some natural motion of thevertebrae -
FIGS. 1E , 1F and 1G show the kinematics ofbone anchor 150 relative torod 110 of adaptivespinal rod 100 when assembled as part of an adaptive spinal prosthesis.FIG. 1E shows a section throughbone anchor 150 and adaptivespinal rod 100 in a substantially saggital plane.FIG. 1F shows a section throughbone anchor 150 and adaptivespinal rod 100 in a transverse plane.FIG. 1G shows a section throughbone anchor 150 and adaptivespinal rod 100 in a substantially dorsal plane through the middle of thehousing 120. - Referring first to
FIG. 1E which shows a section throughbone anchor 150 and adaptivespinal rod 100 in a substantially saggital plane (vertical and including the longitudinal axis of bone anchor 150). The dotted outlines ofbone anchor 150 illustrate a range of possible movements ofbone anchor 150 in the saggital plane. As shown inFIG. 1E ,ball 130 is trapped or contained betweencap 140 andhousing 120 to form a sliding ball-joint 101.Ball 130 can move within limits imposed by contact withhousing 120 andcap 140.Bone anchor 150 thus can pivot and translate relative torod 110 in the plane shown. - In the saggital plane shown in
FIG. 1E , the sliding ball-joint 101 allows bone anchor 150 a limited vertical range of movement (shown by arrow 180). The translation is limited by contact betweenball 130,cap 140 and, in some embodiments,bone anchor 150. The desired range ofvertical motion 180, and thus the dimensions of sliding ball-joint 101, are selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient. In embodiments, the range of vertical movement is limited to less than 5 mm. In preferred embodiments, the range of horizontal and vertical movement is limited to less than 1.5 mm. The length of linear race 102 (along the long axis of rod 110) controls the vertical range of movement. - In the saggital plane shown in
FIG. 1E , the sliding ball-joint 101 also allows bone anchor 150 a limited angular range of movement which corresponds to spinal flexion/extension (shown by arrow 182). The range of angular movement translation is limited by contact betweenball 130,housing 120 andcap 140 and, in some embodiments,mount 156. The desired range ofangular motion 182, and thus the shape ofball 130,housing 120 andcap 140 and, in some embodiments, mount 156 are selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient. In embodiments, the range of angular movement in the saggital plane is limited to less than 15 degrees. In preferred embodiments, the range of angular movement in the saggital plane is limited to less than 15 degrees. - In the transverse plane shown in
FIG. 1F , the sliding ball-joint 101 allows bone anchor 150 a limited angular range of movement which corresponds to spinal rotation (shown by arrow 184). The range of angular movement is limited by contact betweenball 130,housing 120 andcap 140 and, in some embodiments,mount 156. The desired range ofangular motion 184, and thus the shape ofball 130,housing 120 andcap 140 and, in some embodiments, mount 156 are selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient. In embodiments, the range of angular movement in the transverse plane is limited to less than 10 degrees. In preferred embodiments, the range of angular movement in the transverse plane is limited to less than 15 degrees. The range of angular movement in the transverse plane can be different than the range in the vertical plane. The range of angular movement in the transverse plane need not be the same as the range of angular movement in the saggital plane (seeFIG. 1E ). - Referring next to
FIG. 1G which shows a section throughbone anchor 150 and adaptivespinal rod 100 in a substantially dorsal plane (vertical and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of bone anchor 150). As shown inFIG. 1G ,ball 130 is trapped or contained inlinear race 102 formed bycap 140 in conjunction withhousing 120.Ball 130 can move withinlinear race 102.Bone anchor 150 is oriented either directly into or directly out of the page in this transverse view throughhousing 120.Bone anchor 150 is mounted toball 130 and thus can move relative torod 110 with one angular degree of freedom and one linear degree shown in this view. - In the dorsal plane shown in
FIG. 1G , sliding ball-joint 101 allowsbone anchor 150 the limited vertical range ofmovement 180 as described above. Rotation ofball 130 within sliding ball-joint 101 is unrestricted, allowingbone anchor 150 to rotate freely (360+ degrees) as shown byarrow 186 which corresponds to lateral spinal twisting. Thebone anchor 150 rotates freely around the longitudinal axis of the bone anchor. The range ofrotation 186 is not limited in this embodiment. However features to limit such rotation could be designed into one or more ofbone anchor 150,ball 130,cap 140, andhousing 120. The desired range ofrotation 186, can be selected, if necessary or desirable, based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient. -
FIGS. 2A-2F are views of an alternative adaptive stabilization system including an adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.FIG. 2A is an exploded view showing the components of an adaptive spinal rod.FIG. 2B shows a perspective view of a bone anchor suitable for mounting the adaptive spinal rod to a vertebra.FIG. 2C is a perspective view of the assembled adaptive spinal rod and bone anchor.FIGS. 2D 2E and 2F are sectional views illustrating the kinematics of the bone anchor relative to the adaptive spinal rod. - Referring first to
FIG. 2A , which is an exploded view of the components of an adaptivespinal rod 200. Adaptivespinal rod 200 has three components:rod 210 includinghousing 220, half-ball 230 and half-ball retainer 240.Rod 210 is connected at one end tohousing 220.Rod 210 is similar in size, shape and material to standard spinal rods.Rod 210 is adapted for mounting to a standard pedicle screw or polyaxial screw (not shown).Rod 210 is in preferred embodiments, preferably a cylinder of about 5 mm to 6.5 mm in diameter and from 35 mm to 200 mm in length.Housing 220 is preferably in the form of a flattened disc. -
Housing 220 has aslot 222 passing there through.Slot 222 has convex walls andslot 222 is thus wider at the openings ofslot 222 than in the interior ofslot 222. Thus half-ball 230 can partially enter one side ofslot 222, but cannot pass entirely throughslot 222. Likewise half-ball retainer 240 can partially enter one side ofslot 222, but cannot pass entirely throughslot 222. In preferred embodiments,rod 210 andhousing 220 are made in one piece from titanium or titanium alloy. - Half-
ball 230 is in the form of a hemisphere. Anaperture 236 passes through half-ball 230 fromdomed side 232 toflat side 234. As shown inFIG. 2A ,aperture 236 is, in some embodiments, provided with tool engagement features which allowball 230 to engage a mounting post (for example threads or a hexagonal section. - Half-
ball retainer 240 in the form of a hemisphere with a nut extending from the flat surface. Anaperture 246 passes through half-ball retainer 240 fromdomed side 242 toflat side 244. As shown inFIG. 2A , part of the surface of half-ball retainer 240 is provided with tool engagement features 248 (splines are shown) which allow half-ball retainer 240 to be engaged and turned by a tool. The interior ofaperture 246 has a threadedwall 249 adapted to allow half-ball retainer 240 to be secured to a threaded screw (bone anchor 250 ofFIG. 2B ). Thus, half-ball retainer 240 is adapted to be secured to a threaded shaft (thread 258 ofFIG. 2B ) without using a separate nut. In alternative embodiments half-ball retainer 240 can be provided in two pieces including for example a half-ball component and a standard nut. -
FIG. 2B , shows abone anchor 250 configured for attachment of adaptivespinal rod 200 to a vertebra. As shown inFIG. 2B ,bone anchor 250 includes a threadedshaft 252 at the distal end. Threaded shaft is sized and configured for engaging a vertebra. In preferred embodiments threadedshaft 252 is sized and configured for implantation in the pedicle of a vertebra. At the proximal end of threadedshaft 252 is ahead 254 which has, in some embodiments, tool engagement features (not shown). Protruding proximally fromhead 254 ismount 256.Mount 256 has a cylindricalexterior surface 257 to whichball 230 ofFIG. 2A can be secured. Protruding proximally ofmount 256 is threadedshaft 258. Threadedshaft 258 is adapted for attaching half-ball retainer 240. In the proximal end of threadedshaft 258 is anaperture 259.Aperture 259 is shaped such thataperture 259 can be engaged by a driver for implantingbone anchor 250 and/or attaching half-ball retainer 240. For example,aperture 259 has, in some embodiments, a hexagonal or octagonal cross-section. Inalternative embodiments aperture 259 is replaced with a breakaway key such askey 158 ofFIG. 1C . In combination, the domed surfaces of half-ball 230, and half-ball retainer 240 and the convex surface ofslot 222 form an alternative sliding ball-joint 201. -
FIG. 2C is a perspective view of adaptivespinal rod 200 in combination withbone anchor 250. As shown inFIG. 2C , half-ball 230 is placed over mount 256 (FIG. 2B ).Slot 222 is then placed over mount 256 (FIG. 2B ). A portion of thedomed surface 232 of half-ball 230 entersslot 222. Finally half-ball retainer 240 is secured the threaded shaft 258 (FIG. 2B ). A portion of thedomed surface 242 of half-ball retainer 240 entersslot 222. Half-ball 230 and half-ball retainer 240 may, in some but not all embodiments, contact one anotherinside slot 222. Uponassembly slot 222 performs asrace 202 for half-ball 230 and half-ball retainer 240. Thus,bone anchor 250 can slide, pivot and rotate relative tohousing 220 androd 210 of adaptivespinal rod 200. It is to be understood thatslot 222 and thus race 202 can be linear and also can be configured in accordance with the various configurations ofslot 122 andlinear race 102 shown in the embodiments ofFIGS. 1A-1H . - In embodiments, adaptive
spinal rod 200 andbone anchor 250 can be used in place of adaptivespinal rod 100 andbone anchor 150 to create a spinal prosthesis similar tospinal prosthesis 104 ofFIG. 1D . In such a spinal prosthesis,rod 210 andhousing 220 of adaptivespinal rod 200 are secured in a fixed position, by a pedicle screw. However,slot 222 is still able pivot rotate and slide relative to half-ball 230 and half-ball retainer 240. Consequently, withbone anchor 250 secured to adaptivespinal rod 200 by sliding ball-joint 201 is still able to slide, pivot and rotate relative torod 210. (SeeFIGS. 2D , 2E and 2F). Adaptivespinal rod 200 is configured to provide load-sharing and permit a controlled range of motion between adjacent vertebrae. Thereby, stabilizing a level of the spine while restoring and/or preserving some natural motion of the vertebrae at that level. -
FIGS. 2D , 2E and 2F show the kinematics ofbone anchor 250 relative torod 210 of adaptivespinal rod 200 when assembled as part of a spinal prosthesis.FIG. 2D shows a section throughbone anchor 250 and adaptivespinal rod 200 in a substantially saggital plane.FIG. 2E shows a section throughbone anchor 250 and adaptivespinal rod 200 in a transverse plane.FIG. 2F shows a section throughbone anchor 250 and adaptivespinal rod 200 in a substantially dorsal plane through the middle of thehousing 220. - Referring first to
FIG. 2D which shows a section throughbone anchor 250 and adaptivespinal rod 200 in a substantially saggital plane (vertical and including the longitudinal axis of bone anchor 250). The dotted outlines ofbone anchor 250 illustrate a range of possible movements ofbone anchor 250 in the saggital plane. As shown inFIG. 2D , half-ball 230 and half-ball retainer 240 trap or contain the convex surface ofslot 222. Slot 222 can move within limits imposed by contact with half-ball 230 and half-ball retainer 240 (and, in some embodiments,mount 256.Bone anchor 250 thus can pivot and translate relative torod 210 in the plane shown. - In the saggital plane shown in
FIG. 2D , the sliding ball-joint 201 allows bone anchor 250 a limited vertical range of movement (shown by arrow 280) and a limited horizontal range ofmovement 288. The translation is limited by contact betweenslot 222 and half-ball 230, half-ball retainer 240 and, in some embodiments,mount 256. The desired range ofvertical motion 280 andhorizontal motion 288, and thus the dimensions of sliding ball-joint 201, are selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient. In embodiments, the range of horizontal and vertical movement is limited to less than 5 mm. In preferred embodiments, the range of horizontal and vertical movement is limited to less than 2.5 mm. The horizontal and vertical range of movement need not be the same. The width of slot 222 (perpendicular to the long axis of rod 210) controls the horizontal range of movement while the length of slot 222 (along the long axis of rod 210) controls the vertical range of movement. - In the saggital plane shown in
FIG. 2D , the sliding ball-joint 201 also allows bone anchor 250 a limited angular range of movement which corresponds to spinal flexion/extension (shown by arrow 282). The range of angular movement translation is limited by contact betweenslot 222 and half-ball 230, half-ball retainer 240 and, in some embodiments,mount 256. The desired range ofangular motion 282, and thus the shape ofslot 222 and half-ball 230, half-ball retainer 240 and, in some embodiments, mount 256 are selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient. In embodiments, the range of angular movement in the saggital plane is limited to less than 20 degrees. In preferred embodiments, the range of angular movement in the saggital plane is limited to less than 20 degrees. - In the transverse plane shown in
FIG. 2E , the sliding ball-joint 201 allows bone anchor 250 a limited horizontal range of movement (shown by arrow 289) and a limited horizontal range ofmovement 288. The translation is limited by contact betweenslot 222 and half-ball 230, half-ball retainer 240 and, in some embodiments,mount 256. The desired range ofhorizontal motion 288 andhorizontal motion 289, and thus the dimensions of sliding ball-joint 201, are selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient. In embodiments, the range of horizontal and vertical movement is limited to less than 5 mm. In preferred embodiments, the range of horizontal and vertical movement is limited to less than 2.5 mm. The horizontal ranges of movement need not be the same an can be adjusted by changing, dimensions of the sliding ball-joint 201, including, for example: the curvature of theslot 222, half-ball 230, and half-ball retainer 240, the width ofslot 222, and gap between half-ball 230, and half-ball retainer 240. - In the transverse plane shown in
FIG. 2E , the sliding ball-joint 201 also allows bone anchor 250 a limited angular range of movement which corresponds to spinal rotation (shown by arrow 284). The range of angular movement is limited by contact betweenslot 222 and half-ball 230, half-ball retainer 240 and, in some embodiments,mount 256. The desired range ofangular motion 284, and thus the shape ofslot 222 and half-ball 230, half-ball retainer 240 and, in some embodiments, mount 256 are selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient. In embodiments, the range of angular movement in the transverse plane is limited to less than 20 degrees. In preferred embodiments, the range of angular movement in the transverse plane is limited to less than 20 degrees. The range of angular movement in the transverse plane can be different than the range in the vertical plane. - Referring next to
FIG. 2F which shows a section throughbone anchor 250 and adaptivespinal rod 200 in a substantially dorsal plane (vertical and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of bone anchor 250). As shown inFIG. 2F , mount 256 is trapped or contained inlinear race 202 formedslot 222 and half-ball 230, half-ball retainer 240.Mount 256 can move withinrace 202.Bone anchor 150 can thus move relative torod 210 with one angular degree of freedom and one linear degree shown in this view.Bone anchor 250 is oriented either directly into or directly out of the page in this transverse view throughhousing 220. - In the dorsal plane shown in
FIG. 2F , sliding ball-joint 201 allowsbone anchor 250 the limited horizontal and vertical range of movement (shown byarrows 280 and 289) as described above. Rotation ofbone anchor 250 withinslot 222 is unrestricted, allowingbone anchor 250 to rotate freely (360+ degrees) as shown byarrow 286 which corresponds to lateral spinal twisting. Thebone anchor 250 rotates freely around the longitudinal axis of the bone anchor. The range ofangular motion 286 is not limited in this embodiment. However, features to limit such rotation could be designed into one or more ofbone anchor 250 andhousing 220. The desired range ofrotation 286, can be selected, (if necessary) based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient. -
FIGS. 3A-3F show views of a two-level adaptive stabilization system including an adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.FIGS. 3A-3C show views of the first segment and components.FIG. 3D shows the second segment.FIG. 3E shows a compatible bone.FIG. 3F shows a perspective view of a spinal prosthesis including both segments of the two-level adaptive spinal rod ofFIGS. 3A-3E . - Referring first to
FIG. 3A , which is an exploded view of the components of thefirst segment 300 a of an adaptivespinal rod 300.First segment 300 a includesrods 311 a,housing 320 a,ball 330 a andcap 340 a.Rods 311 a are connected to either side ofhousing 320 a.Rods 311 a are similar in shape and material to standard spinal rods.Rods 311 a are adapted for mounting to thesecond segment 300 b (SeeFIG. 3D ) of adaptive spinal rod 300 (SeeFIG. 3D ).Rods 311 a are, in preferred embodiments, preferably cylinders about 4 mm to 4.5 mm in diameter and from 35 mm to 100 mm in length.Housing 320 a is preferably in the form of a flattened disc.Housing 320 a has aslot 322 a passing there through (similar in design in function to slot 122 ofFIG. 1A ). Slot 322 a is shaped to receiveball 330 a.Cap 340 a is adapted to fit withinslot 322 a ofhousing 320 a.Cap 340 a has a cap slot 342 a therethrough (see,e.g. cap 140 ofFIG. 1A ). -
FIG. 3B shows an enlarged view ofball 330 a.Ball 330 a is in the form of a sphere truncated on two opposingsides aperture 336 a passes throughball 330 a fromside 332 a toside 334 a. As shown inFIG. 3B ,ball 330 a includes arim 333 a surroundingaperture 336 a onside 332 a and arim 335 a surroundingaperture 336 a onside 334 a.Ball 330 a is adapted to be secured to a shaft (mount 356 ofFIG. 3E ) with a separate nut. In alternative embodiments,aperture 336 a is provided with tool engagement features and/or threads and is adapted to be secured to a threaded shaft (not shown) without a separate threaded nut/fastener (not shown).Rim 333 a andrim 335 a are configured to interaction with thehousing 320 a andcap 340 a to control range of motion. The dimensions ofrim 333 a andrim 335 a are thus selected based on the range of motion desired. In general, where the rim has a larger outside the diameter it will there is less clearance between the rim and thehousing 320 a and/or cap 340 a and therefore less range of motion. - As shown in
FIG. 3C , during assembly,ball 330 a is placed intoslot 322 a ofhousing 320 a.Cap 340 a is then secured intoslot 322 a ofhousing 320 a trapping/containingball 330 a betweencap 340 a andhousing 320 a.FIG. 3C showsfirst segment 300 a fully assembled—ball 330 a is positioned betweencap 340 a andhousing 320 a. Slot 322 a ofhousing 320 a and slot 342 a ofcap 340 a cooperate to form alinear race 302 a in whichball 330 a is trapped/contained. Althoughball 330 a is trapped withinrace 302 a,ball 330 a can pivot, slide, and rotate withinrace 302 a. In combination, the surface ofball 330 a, and therace 302 a form a sliding ball-joint 301 a. It is to be understood that theslot 322 a and thus, race 302 a can be linear and also can be configured in accordance with the various configurations ofslot 122 andlinear race 102 shown and described in the embodiments ofFIGS. 1A-1H .Aperture 336 a ofball 330 a is accessible and configured for mounting adaptivespinal rod 300 to a pedicle screw (See,FIG. 3F ). -
FIG. 3D shows a perspective view of thesecond segment 300 b of an adaptivespinal rod 300.Second segment 300 b includesrod 310 b,housing 320 b,ball 330 b andcap 340 b.Rod 310 b is connected to the middle ofhousing 320 b.Rod 310 b is preferably similar in shape and material to a standard spinal rod.Rod 310 b is adapted for mounting to a standard spinal screw/pedicle screw.Rod 310 b is, in preferred embodiments, a cylinder about 5 mm to 6.5 mm in diameter and from 35 mm to 150 mm in length. Housing 320 b is preferably in the form of a flattened disc. Housing 320 b andcap 340 b trap or containball 330 b. Housing 320 b andcap 340 b cooperate to form alinear race 302 b in which ball 330 can slide, pivot and rotate.Ball 330 b andlinear race 302 b together comprise a ball-joint 301 b.Ball 330 b is of the same design asball 330 a (SeeFIG. 3B ).Ball 330 b includes anaperture 336 b for securing a bone anchor. - On either side of
housing 320 b arebores 322 b.Bores 322 b run parallel torod 310 b and pass throughhousing 320 b.Bores 322 b are configured to receiverods 311 a offirst segment 300 a (seeFIG. 3A ) in a sliding fashion. Each ofbores 322 b intersects with a threadedbore 324 b. Aset screw 326 b is provided for each of threadedbores 324 b. Theset screws 326 b when driven in threadedbores 324 b are adapted to intersectbores 322 b and engage and lockrods 311 a offirst segment 300 a (seeFIG. 3A ). -
FIG. 3E , shows abone anchor 350 configured for attachment of adaptivespinal rod 300 to a vertebra. As shown inFIG. 3E ,bone anchor 350 includes a threadedshaft 352 at the distal end. Threadedshaft 352 is sized and configured for engaging a vertebra. In preferred embodiments threadedshaft 352 is sized and configured for implantation in the pedicle of a vertebra. Attached to threadedshaft 352 ishead 354.Head 354 includes surface features 355 which permit head to be engaged by a tool to rotatehead 354 and threadedshaft 352 and drivebone anchor 350 into a desired implant location. Protruding proximally fromhead 354 is amount 356.Mount 356 has a smooth exterior surface to receive ball 330 ofFIG. 3B . Protruding proximally ofmount 356 is a threadedshaft 357 for attaching anut 359. In the proximal end of threadedshaft 357 is anaperture 358.Aperture 358 is shaped such that theaperture 358 can be engaged by a driver for implanting/removingbone anchor 350 and/or attachingnut 359. For example,aperture 358 has, in some embodiments, a hexagonal or octagonal cross-section. -
FIG. 3G is a partial sectional view of adaptivespinal rod 300 throughball 330 a andhousing 320 a illustration features which serve to limit angulation of abone anchor 350 relative tohousing 320 a.FIG. 3G showsbone anchor 350 at one limit to its range of angulation with respect tohousing 320 a. At the limit of angulation, rim 335 acontacts limit surface 328 a ofhousing 320 a. Additionally, in some embodiments, rim 333 a ofball 330 a comes into contact with alimit surface 348 a ofcap 340 a. In preferred embodiments, to reduce wear, limit surfaces 328 a and 348 a are substantially parallel to the surface ofrims ball 330 a with which they make contact when the rims and limit surfaces make contact. Note also thatnut 359 is designed so as not to make contact withhousing 320 a orcap 340 a even at the limit of angulation. In the embodiment shown inFIG. 3G ,nut 359 has arelief 351 to prevent contact betweennut 359 and cap 340 a. Note further thatscrew 350 is also designed so as not to make contact withhousing 320 a orcap 340 a even at the limit of angulation. In the embodiment shown inFIG. 3G ,head 354 has arelief 353 to prevent contact betweenhead 354 andhousing 320 a. In alternative embodiments, limit surfaces are provided on the bone screw and/or nut and/or another device, for example a washer. The limit surfaces are position to contact e.g. the housing or cap of an adaptive spinal rod to limit the range of motion in one or more axes. -
FIG. 3F shows aspinal prosthesis 304 incorporating adaptivespinal rod 300. As shown inFIG. 3F , thefirst segment 300 a of the adaptivespinal rod 300 is mounted by abone anchor 350 a tovertebra 192 a. Thesecond segment 300 b of the adaptivespinal rod 300 is mounted by abone anchor 350 b tovertebra 192 b.Rods 311 a offirst segment 300 a pass through thehousing 320 b ofsecond segment 300 b. When distance betweenfirst housing 320 a andsecond housing 320 b is suitable for the functional and anatomic needs of the patient, setscrews 326 b are tightened thereby lockingrods 311 a in place.Rod 310 b ofsecond segment 300 b is secured tovertebra 192 c by a conventionspinal screw 370 as previously described. - After implantation and assembly,
rod 310b housing 320 b,rods 311 a andhousing 320 a are all held in substantially fixed relationship tovertebra 192 c byspinal screw 370. However sliding ball-joint 301 b enables thebone anchor 350 b implanted invertebra 192 b to slide, pivot and rotate relative tohousing 320 b. Also, sliding ball-joint 301 a enables thebone anchor 350 a implanted invertebra 192 a to slide, pivot and rotate relative tohousing 320 a. The kinematics of both sliding ball-joints FIGS. 1E-1G and accompanying text. This embodiment of aspinal prosthesis 304 is suitable for use for example, wherevertebrae spine 190 while restoring and/or preserving some natural motion of thevertebrae -
FIG. 3H shows an alternative single level adaptivespinal rod 300 h. Adaptive spinal rod has almost all components in common with adaptivespinal rod 300 ofFIGS. 3A-3F . Adaptivespinal rod 300 h includes all offirst segment 300 a ofFIGS. 3A-3C . Adaptivespinal rod 300 h includes most ofsecond segment 300 b ofFIG. 3D . However, insecond segment 300 b,rod 310 b andhousing 320 b are replaced with ahousing 320 h which does not include a rod for attachment to a conventional spinal screw on an adjacent level. Adaptivespinal rod 300 h is suitable for mounting to bone anchors 350 a, 350 b (of the same design asbone anchor 350 ofFIG. 3E ) implanted in adjacent vertebrae. The spacing betweenhousing 320 h andhousing 320 a is adjustable as previously described. After locking the spacing ofhousing 320 h andhousing 320 a, the slidingball joints housings rods 311 a. The kinematics of both sliding ball-joints FIGS. 1E-1G and accompanying text. -
FIGS. 4A-4C show views of an alternative two-level adaptive stabilization rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.FIG. 4A shows an exploded view of first segment and components.FIG. 4B shows an exploded view of the second segment.FIG. 4C shows a perspective view of an assembly including both segments of the two-level adaptive spinal rod ofFIGS. 4A-4B . - Referring first to
FIG. 4A , which is an exploded view of the components of thefirst segment 400 a of an adaptivespinal rod 400.First segment 400 a includesrod 410 a,housing 420 a,ball 430 a andcap 440 a.Rod 410 a is connected to one side ofhousing 420 a.Rod 410 a is similar in shape and material to standard spinal rods.Rod 410 a is adapted for mounting to thesecond segment 400 b (SeeFIG. 4B ) of adaptive spinal rod 400 (SeeFIG. 4C ).Rod 410 a is, in a preferred embodiment, a cylinder about 5 mm to 6.5 mm in diameter and from 45 mm to 100 mm in length.Housing 420 a is preferably in the form of a flattened disc having a lateral extension from whichrod 410 a protrudes.Housing 420 a has aslot 422 a passing there through (similar in design in function to slot 122 ofFIG. 1A ). Slot 422 a is shaped to receiveball 430 a. The long axis of slot 422 is parallel to the long axis ofrod 410 a.Cap 440 a is adapted to fit withinslot 422 a ofhousing 420 a.Cap 440 a has a cap slot 442 a there through (see,e.g. cap 140 ofFIG. 1A ).Ball 430 a is of the same configuration as previously described with respect toFIG. 3B . - During assembly,
ball 430 a is placed intoslot 422 a ofhousing 420 a.Cap 440 a is then secured intoslot 422 a ofhousing 420 a trapping or containingball 430 a betweencap 440 a andhousing 420 a. Slot 422 a ofhousing 420 a and slot 442 a ofcap 440 a cooperate to from a linear race 402 a in whichball 430 a is trapped or contained. Althoughball 430 a is trapped within race 402 a,ball 430 a can pivot and rotate within race 402 a. In combination, the surface ofball 430 a, and the linear race 402 a form a sliding ball-joint 401 a. It is to be understood thatslot 422 a and thus race 402 a can be linear and also can be configured in accordance with the various configurations ofslot 122 andlinear race 102 shown in the embodiments ofFIGS. 1A-1H .Aperture 436 a ofball 430 a is accessible and configured for mounting adaptivespinal rod 400 to a threaded shaft of a pedicle screw such as shown inFIG. 3E . -
FIG. 4B shows an exploded view of thesecond segment 400 b of an adaptivespinal rod 400.Second segment 400 b includesrod 410 b,housing 420 b,ball 430 b andcap 440 b.Rod 410 b is connected to the middle ofhousing 420 b.Rod 410 b is similar in shape and material to a standard spinal rod.Rod 410 b is adapted for mounting to a standard spinal screw/pedicle screw.Rod 410 b is, in preferred embodiments, a cylinder about 5 mm to 6.5 mm in diameter and from 45 mm to 150 mm in length. Housing 420 b is preferably in the form of a flattened disc. On one side ofhousing 420 b is abore 423 b. Bore 423 b runs parallel torod 410 b and passes throughhousing 420 b. Bore 423 b is configured to receiverod 410 a offirst segment 400 a (seeFIG. 4A ) in a sliding fashion. Bore 423 b intersects with a threaded bore 424 b. Aset screw 426 b is provided for threaded bore 424 b. Theset screw 426 b when driven in threaded bores 424 b is adapted to intersect bore 423 b and engage and lockrod 410 a offirst segment 400 a (seeFIG. 4A ). -
FIG. 4C shows two-level adaptivespinal rod 400 fully assembled.Ball 430 a,slot 422 a andcap 440 a have been assembled to create sliding ball-joint 401 a.Ball 430 b,slot 422 b andcap 440 b have been assembled to create sliding ball-joint 401 b which is similar in design and function to sliding ball-joint 401 a.Rod 410 a offirst segment 400 a passes throughbore 423 b ofhousing 420 b ofsecond segment 400 b. The distance betweenfirst housing 420 a andsecond housing 420 b can be adjusted as suitable for the functional and anatomic needs of the patient. Setscrew 426 b is subsequently tightened thereby lockingrod 410 b tohousing 420 b and fixing the distance betweenhousing 420 a andhousing 420 b. -
FIG. 4D shows an example of a two-level spinal prosthesis incorporating two-level adaptivespinal rod 400. Adaptivespinal rod 400 is used, in some embodiments, in combination with two bone anchors 350 a, 350 b as shown inFIG. 3E and aconventional pedicle screw 370 to create an adaptivespinal prosthesis 404 similar to the adaptive spinal prosthesis shown inFIG. 3F . Thefirst segment 400 a of the adaptivespinal rod 400 is mounted by abone anchor 350 to a first vertebra (not shown). Thesecond segment 400 b of the adaptivespinal rod 400 is mounted by abone anchor 350 b to an adjacent vertebra (not shown). Therod 410 b ofsecond segment 400 b is secured to a third vertebra using aconventional pedicle screw 370. After implantation and assembly,rod 410b housing 420 b,rod 410 a andhousing 420 a are all held in substantially fixed relationship to the third vertebra. However sliding ball-joints arrows arrows arrows joints FIGS. 1E-1G and accompanying text. The spinal prosthesis is adapted to provide load-sharing while allowing motion thereby stabilizing a level of thespine 190 while restoring and/or preserving some natural motion of the vertebrae. -
FIGS. 5A-5B show views of an alternative two-level adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.FIG. 5A shows an exploded view of the two-level adaptive stabilization system.FIG. 5B shows a perspective view of the assembled two-level adaptive spinal rod ofFIG. 5A according to an embodiment of the present invention. - Referring first to
FIG. 5A , which is an exploded view of the components of an adaptivespinal rod 500. Adaptivespinal rod 500 includesrod 510,housing 520,ball 530 a,ball 530 b, andcap 540.Rod 510 is connected to the end ofhousing 520.Rod 510 is similar in shape and material to standard spinal rods.Rod 510 is adapted for mounting to a conventional spinal screw.Rod 510 is, in a preferred embodiment, a cylinder about 5 mm to 6.5 mm in diameter and from 55 mm to 100 mm in length.Housing 520 is preferably in the form of an elongated flattened disc.Housing 520 has aslot 522 passing there through similar in design in function, but substantially longer thanslot 122 ofFIG. 1A . Inembodiments slot 522 is between 30 mm and 120 mm in length.Slot 522 is shaped to receive bothballs slot 522 is parallel to the long axis ofrod 510.Cap 540 is adapted to fit withinslot 522 ofhousing 520.Cap 540 has a cap slot 542 there through.Balls FIG. 3B . - During assembly,
balls slot 522 ofhousing 520.Cap 540 is then secured intoslot 522 ofhousing 520 trapping or containingballs cap 540 andhousing 520. Slot 522 ofhousing 520 and slot 542 ofcap 540 cooperate to form anelongated race 502 in whichballs balls race 502,balls race 502. In combination, the surface ofballs linear race 502 form an extended sliding ball-joint 501. It is to be understood thatslot 522 and thus race 502 can be linear and also can be configured in accordance with the various configurations ofslot 122 andlinear race 102 shown in the embodiments ofFIGS. 1A-1H . Bone anchors 350 a, 350 b are secured toballs spinal rod 500 to the threaded shafts of two pedicle screws such as shown inFIG. 3E .FIG. 5B shows two-level adaptivespinal rod 500 fully assembled.Balls slot 522 andcap 540 have been assembled to create sliding ball-joint 501. The distance betweenballs -
FIGS. 5C , 5D and 5E show how bone anchors 350 a, 350 b are able to move with respect torod 510 of two-level adaptivespinal rod 500 when assembled as a two-level adaptivespinal prosthesis 504.FIG. 5C shows a section throughbone anchor 350 and adaptivespinal rod 500 in a substantially saggital plane.FIG. 5D shows a section throughbone anchor 350 and adaptivespinal rod 500 in a transverse plane.FIG. 5E shows a section throughbone anchor 350 and adaptivespinal rod 500 in a substantially dorsal plane through the middle of thehousing 520. - As shown in
FIG. 5C , two-level adaptivespinal rod 500 can be used in combination with two bone anchors 350 a, 350 b (as described with respect toFIG. 3E ) and a conventional spinal screw 170 (as, for example described with respect toFIG. 1D ) to create an adaptivespinal prosthesis 504 similar to the adaptive spinal prosthesis shown inFIG. 3F . Thefirst ball 530 a of the adaptivespinal rod 500 is mounted by abone anchor 350 a to a first vertebra (not shown). Thesecond ball 530 b of the adaptivespinal rod 500 is mounted by anotherbone anchor 350 b to an adjacent vertebra (not shown). Therod 510 of the adaptivespinal rod 500 is secured to a third vertebra (not shown) using a conventionalspinal screw 170. After implantation and assembly,rod 510 and housing 520 b are held in a substantially fixed relationship to the third vertebra. However the motion ofballs - Referring again to
FIG. 5C which shows a section through an adaptivespinal prosthesis 504 in a substantially saggital plane (vertical and including the longitudinal axis of bone anchors 350 a, 350 b). As shown inFIG. 5C ,balls linear race 502 formed bycap 540 in conjunction withhousing 520.Balls race 502. Bone anchors 350 a, 350 b are mounted toballs rod 510 with one angular degree of freedom and one linear degree of freedom shown in this view. - In the saggital plane shown in
FIG. 5C , the linear motion ofballs race 502 allows bone anchors 350 a, 350 b a limited vertical range of movement (shown by arrows 580) equal to the linear travel ofballs race 502. The range of vertical motion is limited by the length oflinear race 502. The desired range ofvertical motion 580, and thus the length of therace 502, is selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient. In this embodiment, however,linear race 502 is sufficiently long to span between vertebrae. Thus, although the maximum distance betweenballs balls - In the saggital plane shown in
FIG. 5C , the pivoting ofballs race 502 also allows each of bone anchors 350 a, 350 b a independent and limited angular range of movement which corresponds to spinal flexion/extension (shown by arrows 582). The center ofballs angular motion 582 is limited by interference between one or more ofballs bone anchor 350 withhousing 520. The desired range ofangular motion 582, and thus the shape ofballs bone anchor 350 andhousing 520, is selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient. - Referring next to
FIG. 5D which shows a section throughbone anchor 350 a and adaptivespinal rod 500 in a substantially transverse plane (horizontal and including the longitudinal axis ofbone anchor 350 a). The kinematics ofbone anchor 350 b are substantially similar to that ofbone anchor 350 a. As shown inFIG. 5D ,ball 530 a is trapped or contained inlinear race 502 formed bycap 540 in conjunction withhousing 520.Ball 530 a can move withinrace 502.Rod 510 is oriented either directly into or directly out of the page in this transverse view throughhousing 520.Bone anchor 350 a is mounted toballs 530 a and thus can move relative tohousing 520 with one angular degree of freedom shown in this view. - In the transverse plane shown in
FIG. 5D , the pivoting ofball 530 a withinrace 502 allowsbone anchor 350 a a limited angular range of movement which corresponds to spinal rotation (shown by arrow 584). The center ofball 530 a is the center of rotation. The range of angular motion is limited by interference between one or more ofball 530 a andbone anchor 350 withhousing 520. The desired range ofangular motion 584, and thus the shape ofball 530 a,bone anchor 350 andhousing 520, is selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient. In embodiments, the range ofangular movement 584 in the transverse plane is limited to less than 20 degrees. - Referring next to
FIG. 5E which shows a section throughbone anchor 350 a and adaptivespinal rod 500 in a substantially dorsal plane (vertical and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of bone anchors 350 a, 350 b). As shown inFIG. 5E ,balls linear race 502.Balls race 502. Bone anchors 350 a, 350 b are oriented either directly into or directly out of the page in this transverse view throughhousing 520. Bone anchors 350 a, 350 b are mounted toballs rod 510 with one angular degree of freedom and one linear degree shown in this view. - In the dorsal plane shown in
FIG. 5E , the linear motion ofballs race 502 allows bone anchors 350 a, 350 b the limited vertical range of movement (shown by arrows 580) equal to the linear travel ofballs race 502 as described above. Rotation ofballs race 502 also allows bone anchors 350 a, 350 b to rotate freely an independently (360+ degrees) as shown by arrows 586 which corresponds to lateral spinal twisting. The bone anchors 350 a, 350 b andballs balls housing 520. The desired range of angular motion 586, and thus the shape ofballs housing 520, can be selected, if necessary) based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient. -
FIGS. 5F , 5G and 5H relate to a modification to the two-level adaptive spinal rod ofFIGS. 5A-5E incorporating a spacer.FIG. 5F is a perspective view the spacer.FIG. 5G shows the spacer in combination with the two-level adaptive spinal rod ofFIGS. 5A-5E .FIG. 5H shows a sectional view through the modified adaptive spinal rod. - Referring first to
FIG. 5F which is a perspective view of aspacer 590. As shown inFIG. 5F ,spacer 590 has twoparallel sides Parallel side sides linear race 502.Sides spacer 590 can fit withinlinear race 502 and slide alonglinear race 502.Spacer 590 is, in some embodiments, made from a biocompatible metal, for example, titanium, titanium alloy and/or cobalt chrome. The other twosides spacer 590 are concave. The surface ofsides balls spacer 590 is substantially the thickness oflinear race 502. - Referring to
FIG. 5G which shows spacer 590 assembled with the two-level adaptivespinal rod 500 ofFIGS. 5A-5E . As shown inFIG. 5G ,spacer 590 fits within linear-race 502 betweenballs spacer 590 engage and slide within the sides oflinear race 502.Spacer 590 can slide alonglinear race 502 as shown byarrow 596. Thesides balls balls spacer 590 serves to constrain somewhat the range of motion ofballs -
FIG. 5H shows a section through bone anchors 350 a, 350 b and adaptivespinal rod 500 includingspacer 590 in a substantially dorsal plane (vertical and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of bone anchors 350 a, 350 b). As shown inFIG. 5H ,balls linear race 502.Spacer 590 is positioned betweenballs 530, 530 bBalls race 502. In the dorsal plane shown inFIG. 5E , the linear motion ofballs race 502 allows bone anchors 350 a, 350 b the limited vertical range of movement shown byarrows 581 equal to the linear travel ofballs race 502 but constrained by the presence ofspacer 590. Note that the range ofmotion 581 is reduced compared to range ofmotion 580 ofFIG. 5E because of the presence ofspacer 590. The range of linear motion 181 is limited by interference between one or more ofball 350 a,ball 350 b, andspacer 590 withhousing 520. The desired range ofangular motion 581, and thus the shape ofballs spacer 590 andhousing 520, is selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient. In embodiments, the range of linear movement is limited to less than 10 mm. In preferred embodiments, the range oflinear movement 581 is limited to less than 4 mm. - Rotation of
balls race 502 still allows bone anchors 350 a, 350 b to rotate freely an independently (360+ degrees) as shown by arrows 586 which corresponds to lateral spinal twisting. The desired range of angular motion 586, and thus the shape ofballs housing 520, can be selected, if necessary) based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient. - In alternative embodiments, single-level adaptive spinal rods are connected using one or more connectors to assemble a multi-level adaptive spinal prosthesis. A range of polyaxial connectors adaptable for this purpose is disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/566,485 titled “Versatile Polyaxial Connector Assembly And Method For Dynamic Stabilization Of The Spine” to Mitchell et al.
FIGS. 6A-6G show views of apolyaxial connector 660, suitable for use withbone anchor 650 and adaptivespinal rod 600 as part of a multi-level adaptive spinal prosthesis (seeFIG. 6G ).Connector 660 mounts externally to a second mount of abone anchor 650.FIG. 6A shows an example of an adaptivespinal rod 600.FIG. 6B shows a two-mount bone anchor 650 suitable for use with adaptivespinal rod 600 and connector 66.FIG. 6C shows an exploded view of aconnector 660, and components thereof.FIG. 6D shows a perspective view ofconnector 660 as assembled.FIGS. 6E and 6F illustrate operation of theconnector 660.FIG. 6G shows a two-level adaptive spinal prosthesis using the components ofFIGS. 6A-6F . - Referring first to
FIG. 6A , which shows a single level adaptivespinal rod 600. Adaptivespinal rod 600 includesrod 610,housing 620,arm 621, ball 630 (see e.g. ball 330 ofFIG. 3B ) andcap 640.Rod 610 is connected to one side ofhousing 620.Rod 610 is similar in shape and material to standard spinal rods.Rod 610 is adapted for mounting to a connector or spinal screw (not shown).Rod 610 is, in a preferred embodiment, a cylinder about 5 mm to 6.5 mm in diameter and from 65 mm to 100 mm in length. Anarm 621 projects laterally fromhousing 620 and connects torod 610. -
Housing 620 is preferably in the form of a flattened disc.Housing 620 has aslot 622 passing therethrough (similar in design in function to slot 122 ofFIG. 1A ).Slot 622 is shaped to receiveball 630. The long axis ofslot 622 is parallel to the long axis ofrod 610.Cap 640 is adapted to fit withinslot 622 ofhousing 620. As shown inFIG. 6A ,cap 640 andhousing 620 cooperate to formrace 602 in whichball 630 is trapped to form a linear ball-joint as previous described. Althoughball 630 is trapped withinrace 602,ball 630 can pivot and rotate withinrace 602. It is to be understood thatslot 622 and thus race 602 can be linear and also can be configured in accordance with the various configurations ofslot 122 andlinear race 102 shown in the various embodiments ofFIGS. 1A-1H .Aperture 636 ofball 630 is accessible and configured for mounting adaptivespinal rod 600 to a bone anchor (see, e.g.,FIG. 6B ). -
FIG. 6B , shows abone anchor 650 configured for attachment of adaptivespinal rod 600 to a vertebra through a connector (not shown). As shown inFIG. 6B ,bone anchor 650 includes a threadedshaft 652 at the distal end. Threadedshaft 652 is sized and configured for engaging a vertebra. In preferred embodiments threadedshaft 652 is sized and configured for implantation in the pedicle of a vertebra. Attached to threadedshaft 652 ishead 654.Head 654 includessplines 655 which permit head to engage a connector in a fixed angular position. Protruding proximally fromhead 654 is asecond mount 651.Second mount 651 is designed to be received in and engaged byconnector 660 ofFIGS. 6C and 6D .Second mount 651 is threaded in order that the connector can be secured to second mount - Protruding proximally from
second mount 651 isfirst mount 656.First mount 656 has a smooth exterior surface to receiveball 630 ofFIG. 6A . Protruding proximally offirst mount 656 is a threadedshaft 657 for attaching anut 659 to secureball 630 ofFIG. 6A . In the proximal end of threadedshaft 657 is anaperture 658.Aperture 658 is shaped such that theaperture 658 can be engaged by a driver for implanting/removingbone anchor 650 and/or attachingnut 659. For example,aperture 658 has, in some embodiments, a hexagonal or octagonal cross-section. - Referring next to
FIGS. 6C and 6D , which show respectively an exploded and assembled view ofconnector 660. The components ofconnector 660 include:snap ring 662, setscrew 677,clamp ring 661,swivel 670 andring nut 680. As shown inFIG. 6C ,clamp ring 661 is generally annular with abore 669. Bore 669 ofclamp ring 661 is sized such that theclamp ring 661 can slide oversecond mount 651 ofbone anchor 650 and also receive thedistal end 682 ofring nut 680.Clamp ring 661 can rotate around thesecond mount 651 before theclamp ring 661 is locked in place byring nut 680.Clamp ring 661 has a plurality ofsplines 667 on a distal surface for engagingsplines 655 ofbone anchor 650.Clamp ring 661 has acylindrical extension 664.Cylindrical extension 664 includes asaddle 665 andterminal groove 668. Thegroove 668 is sized to engagesnap ring 662. -
Swivel 670 has achannel 674 which passes throughswivel 670 and which is sized to receive therethrough the rod of an adaptive spinal rod (or conventional spinal rod).Swivel 670 has a threadedaperture 678 sized to fit setscrew 677. Threadedaperture 678 intersectschannel 674 to allow setscrew 677 to contact a spinal rod (not shown) withinchannel 674. Abore 671 passes throughswivel 670 and intersects withchannel 674.Bore 671 is sized to receivecylindrical extension 664 ofclamp ring 661.Bore 671 has alip 672 sized to engagesnap ring 662.Snap ring 662 is designed to fit engagegroove 668 ofcylindrical extension 664 andlip 672 ofbore 671 to securecylindrical extension 664 withinbore 671.Cylindrical extension 664 can, however, rotate withinbore 671. - As shown in
FIG. 6D ,ring nut 680 is received withinbore 669 ofclamp ring 661.Ring nut 680 is, in some embodiments, provided with a lip, groove, or other detent (not shown) to holdring nut 680 withinbore 669 while still allowing rotation ofring nut 680 relative to clampring 661.Ring nut 680 also has tool engagement features 684 which can be engaged by a tool/wrench to securering nut 680 tosecond mount 651 of bone anchor 650 (seeFIG. 6B ).Cylindrical extension 664 is received throughbore 671 and held in place bysnap ring 662. Setscrew 672 is received within threadedaperture 678 ofswivel 670. -
FIGS. 6E and 6F illustrate the mounting ofconnector 660 torod 610 and to thesecond mount 651 ofbone anchor 650. As shown inFIG. 6E , rod 610 (shown in section) is received inchannel 674 ofconnector 660.Second mount 651 is received inclamp ring 661. During implantation,clamp ring 661 can rotate aroundbone anchor 650. The unclamped configuration allows adjustment of the direction ofrod 610 and also allowsrod 610 to slide throughchannel 674, and also allowsswivel 670 to rotate aroundcylindrical extension 664. Whenring nut 680 is tightened,splines 655 are forced againstsplines 667 lockingclamp ring 661 tosecond mount 651 and preventing further rotation aroundbone anchor 650. When setscrew 677 is tightened, it forcesrod 610 againstsaddle 665, lockingrod 610 in position. Setscrew 677 also forces splines ofcylindrical extension 664 againstsplines 675 ofswivel 670 lockingswivel 670 in position relative to clampring 661. Operation of thering nut 680 and setscrew 677 serves to place theconnector 660 in a clamped configuration and lock theclamp ring 661 to thesecond mount 651 of thebone anchor 650,lock swivel 670 in a fixed position relative to clampring 661 andsecure rod 610 within thechannel 674 ofconnector 660. - The
connector 660 ofFIGS. 6C-6F may be used, in some embodiments, to construct an adaptive stabilization assembly for one or more levels of the spine of a patient.FIG. 6G shows an example of a two-leveladaptive stabilization assembly 690 utilizing theconnector 660 ofFIGS. 6C-6F .FIG. 6G shows how the components may be assembled to provide a multilevel adaptive stabilization assembly which provides stabilization of the spine and load sharing while preserving motion. Note that an identical or similar construct would preferably be implanted on each side of the spine. - As shown in
FIG. 6G ,rod 110 of adaptivespinal rod 100 is mounted to head 174 ofspinal screw 170.Ball 130 of adaptivespinal rod 100 is secured tobone anchor 650 bynut 659. Sliding ball-joint 101permits bone anchor 650 to slide, pivot and rotate relative tospinal screw 170.Connector 660 is also mounted tobone anchor 650. Ring nut 680 (not shown) securesclamp ring 661 ofconnector 660 tobone anchor 650. Setscrew 677 securesrod 610 of adaptivespinal rod 600 withinchannel 674 ofswivel 670.Ball 630 of adaptivespinal rod 600 is secured tobone anchor 350 bynut 359. Sliding ball-joint 601permits bone anchor 650 to slide pivot and rotate relative tobone anchor 350. - As also shown in
FIG. 6G ,ball 630 of adaptivespinal rod 600 is secured tobone anchor 350 bynut 359.Rod 110 is positioned withinchannel 674 ofconnector 660. The position of therod 610 is then adjusted relative toconnector 660 prior to tightening setscrew 677.Adaptive stabilization assembly 690 spans two vertebrae two levels of the spine (three vertebrae).Connector 660 and adaptivespinal rods adaptive stabilization assembly 690 for a wide range of different patient anatomies and/or placement of bone anchors 350, 650 andspinal screw 170.Connector 660 is particularly useful where, as here, there is slight lateral displacement between the bone anchor positions on either side of a level. - Adaptive
spinal prosthesis 690 is typically assembled in vivo by first implanting the bone anchors 650, 350 andspinal screw 170 in pedicles of adjacent vertebra. After implanting the bone anchors 650, 350 andspinal screw 170, theconnector 660 is placed overbone anchor 650 androd 610 is positioned withinchannel 674 of theconnector 660.Ball 630 is then secured tobone anchor 350. After securingball 630, the position ofrod 610 and swivel 670 are adjusted and thenconnector 660 is locked in position by tightening setscrew 677 and tightening ring nut 680 (not shown).Rod 110 is then secured to head 174 ofspinal screw 170 by tightening setscrew 173. -
FIGS. 7A-7C are views of an adaptive stabilization system including an adaptive spinal rod according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.FIG. 7A is an exploded view showing the components of an adaptive spinal rod.FIG. 7B is a perspective view of the assembled adaptive spinal rod.FIG. 7C is a sectional view illustrating the kinematics of a bone anchor relative to the adaptive spinal rod. - Referring first to
FIG. 7A , which is an exploded view of the components of an adaptivespinal rod 700. Adaptivespinal rod 700 includes:rod 710,housing 720,ball 730,cap 740,spacer 750 and setscrew 760.Rod 710 is connected at one end tohousing 720.Rod 710 is similar in size, shape and material to standard spinal rods.Rod 710 is adapted for mounting to a standard pedicle screw or polyaxial screw (not shown).Rod 710 is in preferred embodiments, preferably a cylinder about 5 mm to 6.5 mm in diameter and from 35 mm to 100 mm in length. In preferred embodiments,rod 710 andhousing 720 are made in one piece from titanium or titanium alloy. -
Housing 720 has aslot 722 passing there through.Slot 722 is shaped to receiveball 730 andspacer 750 fromopen side 724 however, theclosed side 726 ofslot 722 is too small forball 730 andspacer 750 to pass.Open side 724 ofslot 722 is also shaped to receivecap 740.Closed side 726 ofslot 722 has acurved surface 728 adapted to engageball 730. In one embodimentcurved surface 728 has the same radius of curvature asball 730.Housing 720 has a threaded aperture 721 for receiving setscrew 760. -
Ball 730 is in some embodiments, of the same design asball 130 ofFIG. 1A orball 330 a ofFIG. 3B . Anaperture 736 passes throughball 730. In some embodiments the aperture is threaded in part and/or provided with tool engagement features (a hexagonal depression is shown) which allowball 730 to be engaged and turned by a tool.Ball 730 is adapted to be secured to a bone anchor with or without using a separate nut depending on design. -
Spacer 750 has twoparallel sides Parallel side sides linear race 502.Sides spacer 750 can fit withinrace 702 and slide alonglinear race 702. As discussed above,race 702 can have other configurations.Spacer 750 is, in some embodiments, made from a biocompatible metal, for example, titanium, titanium alloy and/or cobalt chrome.Side 754 ofspacer 750 is concave for engagingball 730. The remaining has anaperture 755 for engaging setscrew 760. The thickness ofspacer 750 is substantially the thickness oflinear race 702. In alternative embodiments, setscrew 760 is adapted to contact ball and directly limit the length oflinear race 702 without the need for aspacer 750. -
Cap 740 is adapted to fit withinslot 722 ofhousing 720.Cap 740 has acap slot 742 therethrough. Theopen side 744 ofslot 742 is configured to admit a portion ofball 730 andspacer 750. Theclosed side 746 ofslot 742 is too small forball 730 andspacer 750 to pass. The interior ofslot 742 has a curved surface adapted to engageball 730 andspacer 750. During assembly,ball 730 andspacer 750 are placed intoslot 722 ofhousing 720.Cap 740 is then secured intoslot 722 ofhousing 720trapping ball 730 andspacer 750 betweencap 740 andhousing 720. -
FIG. 7B shows a fully assembled adaptivespinal rod 700 in whichball 730 andspacer 750 are positioned betweencap 740 andhousing 720. The position ofspacer 750 is adjustably controlled byset screw 760. Slot 722 ofhousing 720 and slot 742 ofcap 740 cooperate to from alinear race 702 in whichball 730 is contained or trapped. The position ofspacer 750 controls the length oflinear race 702. Althoughball 730 is contained or trapped withinlinear race 702,ball 730 can pivot and rotate withinrace 702 as shown byarrows 760, 762.Ball 730 can also slide a small distance alonglinear race 702 as shown by arrow 764. The range of angular and linear movement ofball 730 can be adjusted by changing the length oflinear race 702 using setscrew 760 andspacer 750. In adaptivespinal rod 700 as assembled,aperture 736 ofball 730 is accessible and configured for mounting adaptivespinal rod 700 to a bone anchor,e.g. bone anchor 350 ofFIG. 3E . - Referring next to
FIG. 7C which shows a section through abone anchor 350 and adaptivespinal rod 700 in a substantially dorsal plane (vertical and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of bone anchor 350). As shown inFIG. 7C ,ball 730 is contained or trapped inlinear race 102. Setscrew 760 is adjustable to move spacer 750 and control the length ofrace 702.Ball 730 can move withinrace 702.Bone anchor 350 is oriented either directly into or directly out of the page in this transverse view throughhousing 720.Bone anchor 350 is mounted toball 730 and thus can move relative torod 710 with one angular degree of freedom and one linear degree shown in this view. - In the dorsal plane shown in
FIG. 7C ,race 702 allows bone anchor 150 a limited vertical range ofmovement 780 corresponding to spinal flexion/extension. The range of linear motion can be adjusted using setscrew 760 to more spacer 750. Rotation ofball 130 withinrace 702 is unrestricted, allowingbone anchor 350 to rotate freely (360+ degrees) as shown byarrow 786 which corresponds to lateral spinal twisting. Thebone anchor 350 rotates freely around the longitudinal axis of thebone anchor 350. The range ofrotation 786 is not limited in this embodiment. However features to limit such rotation could be designed into one or more ofbone anchor 750,ball 730,cap 740, andhousing 720. The desired range oflinear motion 780 androtation 786, can be selected, if necessary or desirable, based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient. - The implantation and assembly of adaptive spinal rods is preferably performed in a minimally invasive manner and, thus, tools are provided to facilitate installation and assembly through cannulae. These tools can also be used in open procedures. One suitable minimally invasive approach to the lumbar spine is the paraspinal intermuscular approach. This approach is described for example in “The Paraspinal Sacraspinalis-Splitting Approach to the Lumber Spine,” by Leon L. Wiltse et al., The Journal of Bone & Joint Surgery, Vol. 50-A, No. 5, July 1968, which is incorporated herein by reference. In general the patient is positioned prone. Incisions are made posterior to the vertebrae to be stabilized. The dorsal fascia is opened and the paraspinal muscle is split to expose the facet joints and lateral processes of the vertebra. Bone anchors according to embodiments of the present invention and conventional pedicle screws are placed in the vertebrae as necessary for the selected assembly. The screws are placed lateral to the facet joints and angled in towards the vertebral body.
- After placement of the screws, the adaptive spinal rods according to embodiments of the present invention are then inserted into position adjacent the bone anchors, screws and conventional pedicle screws. The balls of the adaptive spinal rods are then secured to the mounts of the bone anchors the other end of the adaptive spinal rod is then connected to the conventional screws with the desired interpediclular distance. The implantation of the adaptive bone anchors and connection of the adaptive rods can be facilitated by specially designed implantation tools (
FIGS. 8A-8D ) and connection tools (FIGS. 9A-9F ) as described below. -
FIG. 8A shows a perspective view of animplantation tool 850 for use in implanting abone anchor 150.Bone anchor 150 is as described with respect toFIG. 1C with the addition of a tool engagement feature (not shown).Implantation tool 850 includes aninner shaft 860 received within atubular sleeve 870.Inner shaft 860 is free to rotate withinsleeve 870.Sleeve 870 may also be slid towards the proximal end ofinner shaft 860 by pulling ongrip 874. Acoil spring 872 is connected between thesleeve 870 andinner shaft 860 to holdsleeve 870 in its more distal position relative toshaft 860. The length and diameter ofimplantation tool 850 is selected so as to allow use through a cannula in a minimally invasive surgical technique thereby reducing disruption of tissues adjacent the implantation site, reducing patient recovery and improving surgical outcomes. - Referring again to
FIG. 8A ,shaft 860 has at a proximal end aquick release mount 862 to which a handle (not shown) may be attached for turninginner shaft 860. Suitable handles for attachment toshaft 860 include ratcheting handles, torque sensing handles and torque limiting handles. In alternative embodiments, a handle may be permanently connected to or integrated with the proximal end ofshaft 862. Inner shaft has at a distal end ahead 864.Head 864 includes means for engaging and securingbone anchor 150 during implantation as is described below. - As also shown in
FIG. 8A ,head 864 can be received over the proximal portion ofbone anchor 150 withkey 158 and mount 156 received within shaft 860 (see dashed line). In use,bone anchor 150 is inserted into thehead 864 ofshaft 860 with thehead 154 and engagement features 155 engaged byhead 864 and the key 158 secured withinhead 864.Bone anchor 150 is thus secured toimplantation tool 850.Bone anchor 150 will not be released unless and until the surgeon pulls back ongrip 874. Thus,bone anchor 150 and implantation tool can be inserted as one unit through a cannula to the implantation location in the spine facilitating the positioning and implantation ofbone anchor 150. -
FIG. 8B shows a detailed sectional view of thehead 864 of theimplantation tool 850 ofFIG. 8A engaged with abone anchor 150. As shown inFIG. 8B ,head 864 includes asocket 865 for receiving and engaginghead 154 ofbone anchor 150.Socket 865 is designed to mate withhead 154 in order to rotate the threadedshaft 152 ofbone anchor 150. Thus, the interior ofsocket 865 may be hexagonal, octagonal or provided with flutes/splines etc., depending on the particular configuration of thehead 154.Socket 865 should be able to apply sufficient torque to head 154 to implant thebone anchor 150 in a pedicle. - Referring again to
FIG. 8B ,head 864 also includes abore 865 for receiving key 158 and mount 156 of adaptive bone anchor. As shown inFIG. 8B , key 158 includes anipple 818 at the proximal end. Aball 852 is positioned within anaperture 867 which passes from the exterior ofshaft 860 intersecting bore 865adjacent nipple 818.Ball 852 is held bysleeve 870 in a position in whichball 852 protrudes intobore 865 so as to trapnipple 818 withinbore 865. In a preferred embodiment, there are three such balls, however, only one is shown in this sectional view. Thus,head 154 is received insocket 865 andbone anchor 150 is locked toimplantation tool 850 by the interaction ofnipple 818 and ball(s) 852. -
FIG. 8C shows a detailed sectional view of thehead 864 of theimplantation tool 850 ofFIG. 8A configured to release abone anchor 150. After implantation ofbone anchor 150 it is necessary to removeimplantation tool 850. The first step is to slidesleeve 870 proximally relative toshaft 860 as shown by arrow A. This is achieved by pulling back ongrip 874 against the force of spring 872 (SeeFIG. 8A ). Assleeve 870 is pulled proximally, ball(s) 852 enters a portion ofsleeve 870 with a larger internal diameter. Ball(s) 852 can move away from engagement withnipple 818 and key 158 as they passramp 865 releasingnipple 818. At this stage bothshaft 860 andsleeve 870 can be pulled together away frombone anchor 150. -
FIG. 8D shows a transverse view of the lumbar spine illustrating use of theimplantation tool 850 ofFIG. 8A to implant bone anchors 150 in thepedicles 882 of alumbar vertebra 884 according to an embodiment of the invention. As shown inFIG. 8D ,implantation tool 850 may be used through acannula 880 to implant the adaptive bone anchor in a minimally invasive procedure. Thecannula 880 is introduced to the patient to approach the pedicles posteriorly. Thepedicle 882 of the vertebra is 884 is exposed in the conventional fashion. Ahole 886 is then drilled through thepedicle 882 into thevertebral body 883 of the vertebra. Next, abone anchor 150 is selected having of suitable length, diameter and force/deflection characteristics is selected for implantation. Thehead 154 of the selectedbone anchor 150 is inserted into thehead 864 ofimplantation tool 850 and secured in place. - Referring now to the left side of
FIG. 8D ,bone anchor 150 andimplantation tool 850 are inserted as one assembly throughcannula 880 to the implantation site. Thenbone anchor 150 is implanted by turning ahandle 888 attached to the quick release on the proximal end ofshaft 860. Thebone anchor 150 is driven intohole 886 until thehead 154 is at the surface of the vertebra 884 (see arrow 890). The torque to drivebone anchor 150 is provided byhandle 888 throughshaft 860 to head 154 ofbone anchor 150. - Referring now to the right side of
FIG. 8D , whenbone anchor 150 is correctly positioned inpedicle 882, the physician pulls back ongrip 874 against the force ofspring 872.Sleeve 870 moves proximally relative toshaft 860.Shaft 860 releases the grip onbone anchor 150 and then bothshaft 860 andsleeve 870 move away fromcannula 880 and out of the patient (see arrow 892).Bone anchor 150 is now correctly implanted and prepared for attachment to an adaptive spinal rod and/or other spinal stabilization assembly components. -
FIGS. 9A-9D show views of an attachment tool for securing an adaptivespinal rod 100 to abone anchor 150 according to an embodiment of the invention.FIG. 9A shows a perspective view of anattachment tool 950 for securing an adaptivespinal rod 100 to a bone anchor 150 (shown inFIG. 9C ) according to an embodiment of the invention. Adaptivespinal rod 100 may be, for example, the adaptivespinal rod 100 ofFIGS. 1A-1B .Bone anchor 150 may be, for example, thebone anchor 150 as shown inFIG. 1C . - Referring first to
FIG. 9A ,attachment tool 950 includes aninner shaft 960 received within atubular sleeve 970. The length and diameter ofattachment tool 950 is selected so as to allow use through a cannula in a minimally invasive surgical technique thereby reducing disruption of tissues adjacent the implantation site, reducing patient recovery time and improving surgical outcomes.Inner shaft 960 is free to rotate and slide withinsleeve 970.Inner shaft 960 has at a proximal end an attachedhandle 962. Inalternative embodiments shaft 960 may have a fitting to which a handle might be attached, for example, ratcheting handles, torque sensing handles and torque limiting handles Inner shaft has at a distal end ahead 964 for engaging and securing the key of an adaptive spinal rod 100 (seeFIG. 9B ). - Referring again to
FIG. 9A ,sleeve 970 includes abutterfly grip 974 at the proximal end thereof.Sleeve 970, has at the distal end thereof, means for engaging and securing the female tool engagement features of a ball of an adaptivespinal rod 100 during connection to a bone anchor as is described below. In a preferred embodiment,head 964 includes a male hex fitting 972 with acentral aperture 973.FIG. 9B shows an enlarged view ofhead 964 from the distal end ofattachment tool 950.FIG. 9B shows male hex fitting 972 withcentral aperture 973. Throughcentral aperture 973 is visiblefemale hex socket 965 ofhead 964. Protruding intofemale hex socket 965 are twospring tabs 967. -
FIGS. 9C and 9D show detailed sectional views of the distalend attachment tool 950 in relation to an adaptivespinal rod 100 andbone anchor 150. Referring first toFIG. 9C , which shows a detailed sectional view of the distal end of theattachment tool 950 ofFIG. 9A , engaged with an adaptivespinal rod 100 and abone anchor 150. As shown inFIG. 9C , male hex fitting 972 ofhead 964 ofouter sleeve 970 fits into the tool engagement features ofball 130. At the same time thekey 158 ofbone anchor 150 is received withinfemale hex socket 965 ofinner shaft 960. When thus engaged, turninghandle 962 relative to butterfly grip 974 (SeeFIG. 9A ) can rotateball 130 relative tobone anchor 150.Attachment tool 950 is designed to apply sufficient torque toball 130 to secureball 130 tobone anchor 150 and tobreakaway key 158. In a preferred embodiment,attachment tool 950 should be able to provide greater than 30 foot pounds of torque. -
FIG. 9D shows a detailed sectional view of the distal end of theattachment tool 950 ofFIG. 9A after break away ofkey 158 ofbone anchor 150. As shown inFIG. 9D , whenball 130 has been tightened ontobone anchor 150,tabs 967 oncentral aperture 973 engage either side of anipple 818 ofkey 158 to secure key 158 withinfemale hex socket 965. Thus, when key 158 breaks away it can be removed from the patient withconnection tool 950 as shown. -
FIGS. 9E-9F show lateral views of the lumbar spine illustrating steps of attaching an adaptivespinal rod 100 to abone anchor 150 utilizing the attachment tool ofFIG. 9A according to an embodiment of the invention. As shown inFIG. 9E , the adaptivespinal rod 100 is implanted after thebone anchor 150 and apolyaxial screw 940 have already been implanted. Adaptivespinal rod 100 is implanted in a cranial direction—preferably in a minimally invasive manner until adaptivespinal rod 100 is positionedadjacent bone anchor 150 andpolyaxial screw 940. The key 158 ofbone anchor 150 is then fed throughball 130 of adaptivespinal rod 100 as shown. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 9F ,connection tool 950 is inserted through acannula 880 to engageball 130 and key 158.Ball 130 is then turned relative to key 158 until it is fully secured tobone anchor 150. Whenball 130 is fully secured tobone anchor 150, further torque is applied until key 158 (not shown) is sheared off. In a preferred embodiment, this requires 30 foot pounds of torque and is sufficient to lockball 130 tobone anchor 150. Next, as shown inFIG. 9G ,connection tool 950 can be removed fromcannula 880. As previously described, key 158 (not shown) is retained insideattachment tool 950 for easy removal from the patient. As shown inFIG. 9H , aconventional tool 984 is then inserted throughcannula 980 to operatepolyaxial screw 940 to secure the other end of adaptivespinal rod 100. - In alternative embodiments, single-level adaptive spinal rods are connected using one or more connectors to assemble a multi-level adaptive spinal prosthesis. A range of polyaxial connectors adaptable for this purpose is disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/566,485 titled “Versatile Polyaxial Connector Assembly And Method For Dynamic Stabilization Of The Spine” to Mitchell et al. For example,
FIGS. 10A-10G show views of apolyaxial connector 1060 adapted for connecting abone anchor 1050 to an adaptivespinal rod 1000 in a two-level adaptive spinal prosthesis 1004.Connector 1060 mounts externally to a second mount of abone anchor 1050.FIG. 10A shows an example of an adaptivespinal rod 1000.FIG. 10B shows abone anchor 1050 suitable for use with adaptivespinal rod 1000 and a connector.FIGS. 10C and 10D shows an exploded view of a connector, and components thereof, suitable for use withbone anchor 1050 and adaptivespinal rod 1000 as part of a two-level adaptive spinal prosthesis.FIGS. 10E and 10F illustrate operation of the polyaxial connector.FIG. 10G shows a two-level adaptivespinal prosthesis 1090 using the components ofFIGS. 10A-10F . - Referring first to
FIG. 10A , which is an exploded view of the components of a single level adaptivespinal rod 1000. Adaptivespinal rod 1000 includesrod 1010,housing 1020,arm 1021, ball 330 (seeFIG. 3B ) and cap 1040 a. Rod 1010 a is connected to one side of housing 1020 a. Rod 1010 a is similar in shape and material to standard spinal rods. Rod 1010 a is adapted for mounting to the second segment 1000 b (SeeFIG. 10B ) of adaptive spinal rod 1000 (SeeFIG. 10C ).Rod 1010 is, in a preferred embodiment, a cylinder about 5 mm to 6.5 mm in diameter and from 105 mm to 100 mm in length.Housing 1020 is preferably in the form of a flattened disc. An arm projects laterally fromhousing 1020 and connects torod 1010.Housing 1020 has aslot 1022 passing therethrough (similar in design in function to slot 122 ofFIG. 1A ).Slot 1022 is shaped to receiveball 1030. The long axis ofslot 1022 is parallel to the long axis ofrod 1010.Cap 1040 is adapted to fit withinslot 1022 ofhousing 1020. As shown inFIG. 10A ,cap 1040 andslot 1020 cooperate to formrace 1002 in whichball 1030 is contained or trapped to form a linear ball-joint as previous described. Althoughball 1030 is contained or trapped withinrace 1002,ball 1030 can pivot and rotate withinrace 1002. It is to be understood thatslot 1022 and thusrace 1002 can be linear and also can be configured in accordance with the various configurations ofslot 1022 andlinear race 1002 shown in the embodiments ofFIGS. 1A-1H .Aperture 1036 ofball 1030 is accessible and configured for mounting adaptivespinal rod 1000 to a bone anchor as shown inFIG. 10B . -
FIG. 10B , shows abone anchor 1050 configured for attachment of adaptivespinal rod 1000 to a vertebra. As shown inFIG. 10E ,bone anchor 1050 includes a threadedshaft 1052 at the distal end. Threadedshaft 1052 is sized and configured for engaging a vertebra. In preferred embodiments threadedshaft 1052 is sized and configured for implantation in the pedicle of a vertebra. Attached to threadedshaft 1052 ishead 1054.Head 1054 includes surface features 1055 which permit head to be engaged by a tool to rotatehead 1054 and threadedshaft 1052 and drivebone anchor 1050 into a desired implant location. Protruding proximally fromhead 1054 is asecond mount 1051.Second mount 1051 can be provided with surface texture e.g. knurling and/or surface features.Second mount 1051 is designed to be received in and engaged byconnector 1060 ofFIGS. 10C-10G . Protruding proximally fromsecond mount 1051 isfirst mount 1056.First mount 1056 has a smooth exterior surface 1057 to receiveball 1030 ofFIG. 10A . Protruding proximally offirst mount 1056 is a threaded shaft 1057 for attaching anut 1059 to secureball 1030 ofFIG. 10A . In the proximal end of threaded shaft 1057 is anaperture 1058.Aperture 1058 is shaped such that theaperture 1058 can be engaged by a driver for implanting/removingbone anchor 1050 and/or attachingnut 1059. For example,aperture 1058 has, in some embodiments, a hexagonal or octagonal cross-section. - Referring next to
FIG. 10C , which is an exploded view ofconnector 1060 theconnector 1060 revealing the components:snap ring 1002, lockingscrew 1077,clamp ring 1061,swivel 1070 andplunger 1080. As shown inFIG. 10C ,clamp ring 1061 is generally annular with abore 1069.Bore 1069 ofclamp ring 1061 is sized such that theclamp ring 1061 can slide freely up and downsecond mount 1051 of bone anchor 1050 (seeFIG. 10B ) and rotate around thesecond mount 1051 before theclamp ring 1061 is locked. Arim 1063 is, in some embodiments, provided aroundbore 1069. On one side ofclamp ring 1061 is acylindrical extension 1064. Abore 1062 passes through the middle ofcylindrical extension 1064 and intersects withbore 1069 of theclamp ring 1061.Cylindrical extension 1064 has agroove 1068 on its outer surface. Thegroove 1068 is sized so thatsnap ring 1002 fits entirely within thegroove 1068 whensnap ring 1002 is compressed. - Referring to
FIGS. 10C and 10D (which shows an alternate view of swivel 1070).Connector 1070 has achannel 1074 which passes throughswivel 1070 and which is sized to receive therethrough the rod of an adaptive spinal rod (or conventional spinal rod).Swivel 1070 has a threadedaperture 1078 sized to fit lockingscrew 1077. Threadedaperture 1078 intersectschannel 1074 to allow setscrew 1077 to contact a spinal rod withinchannel 1074. Anaperture 1071 passes through another side ofswivel 1070 and intersects withchannel 1074.Aperture 1071 is sized to receivecylindrical extension 1064 ofclamp ring 1061 andplunger 1080.Aperture 1071 has alip 1075 which prevents plunger 1080 from slipping too far intochannel 1074.Aperture 1071 also has agroove 1072 sized to engagesnap ring 1002. - Referring again to
FIG. 10C ,plunger 1080 is generally cylindrical and sided to fit withinbore 1062. Thefirst end 1082 ofplunger 1080 is inserted intobore 1062 ofclamp ring 1061.First end 1082 is, in some embodiments, concave so as to better engage a bone anchor placed inbore 1069.Plunger 1080 has a lip 1086 at itssecond end 1084 so that it cannot fall entirely throughbore 1062.Snap ring 1002 is designed to fit withingroove 1068 ofcylindrical extension 1064. In an uncompressedstate snap ring 1002 is slightly smaller in diameter to fit overcylindrical extension 1064. To insertsnap ring 1002 intogroove 1064,snap ring 1002 is expanded slightly and pushed overcylindrical extension 1064 ofclamp ring 1061 untilsnap ring 1002 snaps intogroove 1068. - During assembly,
snap ring 1002 is compressed intogroove 1064 ofcylindrical extension 1064 whilecylindrical extension 1064 is inserted intoaperture 1071. Whencylindrical extension 1064 is inserted the correct distance intoaperture 1071,groove 1068 becomes aligned withgroove 1072 andsnap ring 1002 can expand intogroove 1072. Whensnap ring 1002 has expanded into groove 1072 a portion ofsnap ring 1002 remains within each ofgrooves Cylindrical extension 1064 is thereby locked intoaperture 1071 ofswivel 1070.Cylindrical extension 1064 can, however, rotate withinaperture 1071. Furthermore,plunger 1080 may still slide somewhat in and out ofbore 1062 ofclamp ring 1061.Second end 1084 ofplunger 1080 protrudes slightly into thechannel 1074 when assembled as described below. When theplunger 1080 is pushed throughbore 1062 outwards fromchannel 1074 the plunger grips the second mount and prevents theclamp ring 1061 from moving in any direction. -
FIGS. 10E and 10F illustrate the clamping action ofconnector 1060 torod 1010 and to thesecond mount 1056 ofbone anchor 1050. As shown inFIG. 10E , rod 1010 (shown in section) is received inchannel 1074 ofconnector 1060.Second mount 1051 is received inbore 1069 ofclamp ring 1061. Plunger 1080 (shown by dotted line) sits in bore 1062 (not shown) ofclamp ring 1061 betweenrod 1010 andsecond mount 1051. In this unclamped configuration,clamp ring 1061 may slide up and down onsecond mount 1051 and rotate aroundsecond mount 1051;swivel 1070 is free to also free to rotate relative to clampring 1061; androd 1010 can slide freely in and out ofchannel 1074. The unclamped configuration thereby allows adjustment of the direction and angle ofrod 1010 with several degrees of freedom. - As shown in
FIG. 10F , when setscrew 1077 is tightened against arod 1010 withinchannel 1074 ofswivel 1070, theset screw 1077 pushesrod 1010 against aramp 1078 at the opposite side ofchannel 1074 from lockingscrew 1077.Ramp 1078 pushes rod 1088 againstplunger 1080.Plunger 1080 is forced byrod 1010 through bore 1062 (not shown) inclamp ring 1061.Plunger 1080 is thereby forced againstsecond mount 1051 of thebone anchor 1050 preventing further movement ofclamp ring 1061 relative tobone anchor 1050. The force ofplunger 1080 againstsecond mount 1051 also applies force betweengrooves FIGS. 10C and 10D ) thereby preventing further rotation ofswivel 1070 relative to clampring 1061. Additionallyrod 1010 is locked in position withinaperture 1074. Operation of thesingle set screw 1077 serves to place the connector in a clamped configuration and lock theclamp ring 1061 to thesecond mount 1051 of thebone anchor 1050,lock swivel 1070 in a fixed position relative to clampring 1061 andsecure rod 1010 within thechannel 1074 ofconnector 1060. - The
connector 1060 ofFIGS. 10C-10F may be used, in some embodiments, to construct an adaptive stabilization assembly for one or more levels of the spine of a patient.FIG. 10G shows an example of a two-leveladaptive stabilization assembly 1090 utilizing theconnector 1060 ofFIGS. 10C-10F .FIG. 10G shows how the components may be assembled and implanted in the spine of a patient to provide a multilevel adaptive stabilization assembly which provides stabilization of the spine and load sharing while preserving motion. Note that an identical or similar construct would preferably be implanted on the left side of the spine. - As shown in
FIG. 10G ,rod 110 of adaptivespinal rod 100 is mounted to head 174 ofspinal screw 170.Ball 130 of adaptivespinal rod 100 is secured tobone anchor 1050 bynut 1059. Sliding ball-joint 101permits bone anchor 1050 to slide, pivot and rotate relative tospinal screw 170.Connector 1060 is also mounted tobone anchor 1050.Set screw 1077 securesclamp ring 1061 of connector tobone anchor 1050 and also securesrod 1010 of adaptivespinal rod 1000 withinchannel 1074 ofswivel 1070.Ball 1030 of adaptivespinal rod 1000 is secured tobone anchor 350 bynut 359. Sliding ball-joint 1001permits bone anchor 1050 to slide pivot and rotate relative tobone anchor 350. Adaptive spinal prosthesis is typically assembled in vivo by first implanting the bone anchors 1050, 350 andspinal screw 170 in pedicles of adjacent vertebra. After implanting the bone anchors 1050, 350 andspinal screw 170, theconnector 1061 is placed overbone anchor 1050 androd 1010 is positioned withinchannel 1074 of theconnector 1060.Ball 1030 is then secured tobone anchor 350. After securingball 1030, the position ofrod 1010 andswivel 1070 are adjusted and thenconnector 1060 is locked by tightening setscrew 1077. -
Ball 130 of adaptivespinal rod 100 is secured tobone anchor 1050 bynut 1059.Rod 110 is then placed withinhead 174 ofspinal screw 170. The position of therod 110 is then adjusted relative to head 174 and thehead 174 is secured torod 110 byset screw 173.Adaptive stabilization assembly 1090 spans two vertebrae two levels of the spine (three vertebrae).Connector 1060 and adaptivespinal rods adaptive stabilization assembly 1090 for a wide range of different patient anatomies and/or placement of bone anchors 350, 1050 andspinal screw 170.Connector 1060 is particularly useful where, as here, there is slight lateral displacement between the bone anchor positions on either side of a level. -
FIGS. 11A-11G are views of an adaptive stabilization system including an alternative adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.FIG. 11A is an exploded view showing the components of an adaptive spinal rod.FIG. 11B is a perspective view of the assembled adaptive spinal rod.FIG. 11C shows a perspective view of a bone anchor suitable for mounting the adaptive spinal rod to a vertebra.FIG. 11D shows a spinal prosthesis assembly including the adaptive spinal rod, a bone anchor and a conventional pedicle screw.FIGS. 11E , 11F, 11G and 11H are sectional views illustrating the kinematics of the bone anchor relative to the adaptive spinal rod. - Referring first to
FIG. 11A , which is an exploded view of the components of an adaptivespinal rod 1100. Adaptivespinal rod 1100 has three components:rod 1110, ball or ball-shaped mount or partially-spherical mount 1130 andcap 1140.Rod 1110, preferably, is connected and/or includes at one end tohousing 1120.Rod 1110 is similar in size, shape and material to standard spinal rods.Rod 1110 is adapted for mounting to a standard pedicle screw or polyaxial screw (not shown).Rod 1110 is, in preferred embodiments, a cylinder about 5 mm to 6.5 mm in diameter and from 35 mm to 100 mm in length.Housing 1120 is preferably in the form of a flattened disc.Housing 1120 has anaperture 1122 passing therethrough.Aperture 1122 is circular in section to receiveball 1130.Aperture 1122 is shaped to receiveball 1130 fromopen side 1124. However, theclosed side 1126 ofaperture 1122 is too small forball 1130 to pass.Closed side 1126 ofaperture 1122 has acurved surface 1128 adapted to engageball 1130. In one embodiment curvedsurface 1128 has the same radius of curvature asball 1130.Open side 1124 ofaperture 1122 is shaped to receivecap 1140 after placement ofball 1130.Cap 1140 can be force fit or welded to thehousing 1120 to holdball 1130 in place. In preferred embodiments,rod 1110 andhousing 1120 are made in one piece from titanium or titanium alloy. - As indicated above,
cap 1140 is adapted to fit withinaperture 1122 ofhousing 1120.Cap 1140 has acap aperture 1142 therethrough. Theopen side 1144 ofcap aperture 1142 is configured to admit a portion ofball 1130. Theclosed side 1146 ofcap aperture 1142 is too small forball 1130 to pass. The interior ofcap aperture 1142 has a curved surface 1148 adapted to engageball 1130. In one embodiment curved surface 1148 has the same radius of curvature asball 1130. During assembly,ball 1130 is placed intoaperture 1122 ofhousing 1120.Cap 1140 is then secured intoaperture 1122 ofhousing 1120 trapping or containingball 1130 betweencap 1140 andhousing 1120 to form a ball-joint (seeFIG. 11E ). When assembled,ball 1130 can pivot and rotate within a race created by curved surface 1148 ofcap 1140 andcurved surface 1128 ofhousing 1120. -
Ball 1130 is in the form of a sphere truncated on two opposingsides elongated slot 1136 passes throughball 1130 fromside 1132 toside 1134.Elongated slot 1136 is preferably shaped like an oval and/or a rectangle having rounded corners, and/or “race tracks” and/or elliptical. In the preferred embodiment, the walls ofslot 1136 are about perpendicular to the truncated opposingsides slot 1136 is preferably at least slightly larger than the diameter of theposterior mount 1156 ofbone anchor 1150 to be received in the slot 1136 (not shown, but seeFIG. 11C ). In embodiments, the length (longer dimension) 1139 ofslot 1136 is about 1 mm to 5 mm greater than the diameter of theposterior mount 1156 to be received inslot 1136. In preferred embodiments, the length ofslot 1136 is about 1 mm to 3 mm greater than the diameter of theposterior mount 1156 to be received inslot 1136.Ball 1130 is adapted to receive asmooth mount 1156 of abone anchor 1150—themount 1156 is held in place using a separate nut 1151 (seeFIG. 11D ).Slot 1136 is elongated to allow a bone anchor to slide (and rotate) inslot 1136 as explained below. Thus, when secured in place, theposterior mount 1156 can slide and rotate withinslot 1136. Thebone anchor 1150 can slide, rotate and pivot relative to thespinal rod 1110. Theball 1130 can rotate and pivot insidehousing 1120 andspinal rod 1100. The range of sliding movement of themount 1156 is dependent upon the length of theelongated slot 1136. -
FIG. 11B shows a fully assembled adaptivespinal rod 1100 in whichball 1130 is positioned betweencap 1140 andhousing 1120.Aperture 1122 ofhousing 1120 andcap aperture 1142 ofcap 1140 cooperate to from a partially-spherical race 1102 in whichball 1130 is contained or trapped. Althoughball 1130 is contained or trapped withincircular race 1102,ball 1130 can pivot and rotate withincircular race 1102 as shown byarrows ball 1130 and thelinear race 1102 form a ball-joint 1101. - As shown in
FIG. 11B ,slot 1136 ofball 1130 is accessible from both sides of thehousing 1120 afterball 1130 has been secured betweencap 1140 andhousing 1120.Slot 1136 ofball 1130 is accessible and configured for mounting adaptivespinal rod 1100 to a bone anchor, for example, the bone anchor shown, inFIG. 11C . The longitudinal axis ofslot 1136 is shown inFIG. 11B to be aligned with the longitudinal axis ofrod 1110. However, becauseball 1130 can rotate withincircular race 1102,slot 1136 can be aligned at an angle to, as well as parallel, to the longitudinal axis ofrod 1110. As further discussed herein, this arrangement allows thespinal rod 1110 to be out of alignment with the motion of the spine. When thesurgical slot 1136 is aligned with the direction of movement of the spine, andslot 1136 can be at an angle with the longitudinal axis of thespinal rod 1110. -
FIG. 11C shows abone anchor 1150 configured for attachment of adaptivespinal rod 1100 to a vertebra. As shown inFIG. 11C ,bone anchor 1150 includes a threadedshaft 1152 at the distal end. Threadedshaft 1152 is sized and configured for engaging a vertebra. In preferred embodiments, threadedshaft 1152 is sized and configured for implantation in the pedicle of a vertebra. Attached to threadedshaft 1152 ishead 1154.Head 1154 includes surface features 1155 which permit head to be engaged by a tool to rotatehead 1154 and threadedshaft 1152 and drivebone anchor 1150 into a desired implant location in a vertebra. Protruding proximally fromhead 1154 is amount 1156.Mount 1156 has a smooth cylindricalexterior surface 1157 to whichball 1130 ofFIGS. 11A and 11B can be mounted. Protruding proximally ofmount 1156 are threadedshaft 1159 and key 1158. Threadedshaft 1159 is configured for attachment of a nut 1151 (not shown, but seeFIG. 11D ) to secureball 1130 to mount 1156.Key 1158 is shaped such that the key 1158 can be engaged by a driver for implantingbone anchor 1150 and/or attachingball 1130. For example, key 1158 has, in some embodiments, a hexagonal or octagonal cross-section. At the base of key 1158 is, in some embodiments, a groove which reduces the cross-section of material such that the key 1158 is designed to breakaway when a predetermined amount of torque is applied to key 1158. The breakaway torque is determined by the shape of the groove and the remaining cross-section of material. The breakaway key can thus be used to ensure that the correct amount of torque is applied when securing a nut to threadedshaft 1159. -
FIG. 11D shows a perspective view of aspinal prosthesis 1104 including adaptivespinal rod 1100 mounted tobone anchor 1150 by anut 1151.Spinal prosthesis 1104 includes, in this embodiment: adaptivespinal rod 1100 ofFIGS. 11A and 11B ;bone anchor 1150 ofFIG. 11C ; and a conventional spinal screw 1170. Spinal screw 1170 is, in some embodiments, a polyaxial pedicle screw. As shown inFIG. 11D , adaptivespinal rod 1100 is secured at one end to conventional spinal screw 1170.Rod 1110 has been secured into a slot 1172 in a head 1174 of spinal screw 1170 by a set screw 1173. Set screw 1173 securesspinal rod 1110 in a fixed position relative to head 1174 and also, in some embodiments, locks the position of head 1174 relative to the threaded screw shaft 1176 of spinal screw 1170. Inspinal prosthesis 1104, when implanted,rod 1110 andhousing 1120 of adaptivespinal rod 1100 are secured in a fixed position relative to spinal screw 1170 (and any vertebra to which it is mounted). - Adaptive
spinal rod 1100 is secured, at the other end tobone anchor 1150 ofFIG. 11C throughball 1130.Ball 1130, contained or trapped withinrace 1102, has been secured toposterior mount 1156 ofbone anchor 1150. Breakaway key 1158 (seeFIG. 11C ) has been broken away fromposterior mount 1156 during implantation, and removed from the patient. Althoughball 1130 has been secured to mount 1156,ball 1130 is still able to pivot and rotate withinrace 1102 relative tohousing 1120 of adaptivespinal rod 1100. Moreover,posterior mount 1156 can still slide and rotate withinslot 1136 ofball 1130. It is to be understood thatmount 1156 ofbone anchor 1150 can slide along the longer dimension 1139 ofslot 1136 inball 1130. Further, ifbone anchor 1150 is loosely secured toball 1150 bynut 1151,bone anchor 1150 can slide throughball 1130 in the directions ofsides bone anchor 1150 secured to adaptivespinal rod 1100 through ball 1130 (FIG. 11E ),bone anchor 1150 is still able to slide, pivot and rotate relative torod 1110 and spinal screw 1170. (SeeFIGS. 11E , 11F, 11G and 11H). Similarly, thespinal rod 1100 can slide, pivot and rotate relative toposterior mount 1156 and also bone anchor 1150 (seeFIGS. 11E , 11F, 11G and 11H). - Referring again
FIG. 11D , pivoting ofball 1130 allowsbone anchor 1150 to pivotrelative rod 1110 as shown byarrows 1160. In preferred embodiments,bone anchor 1150 can pivot in all directions from perpendicular without interference betweenhousing 1120 and eitherhead 1154 ornut 1151.Head 1154 andnut 1151 are, in some embodiments, provided with relief features to prevent interference withhousing 1120. Rotation ofball 1130 allowsbone anchor 1150 to rotate around its longitudinal axis relative torod 1110 as shown byarrow 1162. Such rotation is also permitted by rotation ofmount 1156 withinslot 1136. Sliding movement ofposterior mount 1156 withinslot 1136 also allows linear movement ofbone anchor 1150 relative torod 1110 as shown by arrow 1164. This linear movement is shown aligned with the longitudinal axis ofrod 1110. However, as previously stated, becauseball 1130 can rotate, the longitudinal axis ofslot 1136 can align itself at an angle to the longitudinal axis ofrod 1110 to better accommodate relative movement of the vertebrae in which bone anchors 1150 and 1170 are implanted. -
FIGS. 11E , 11F, 11G and 11H are partial sectional views ofspinal prosthesis 1104 ofFIG. 11D illustrating the kinematics ofbone anchor 1150 relative to adaptivespinal rod 1100 in different planes.FIG. 11E shows a section throughbone anchor 1150 and adaptivespinal rod 1100 in a substantially saggital plane.FIG. 11F shows a section throughbone anchor 1150 and adaptivespinal rod 1100 in a substantially transverse plane.FIGS. 11G and 11H show sections throughbone anchor 1150 and adaptivespinal rod 1100 in a substantially dorsal plane through the middle of thehousing 1120. - Referring first to
FIG. 11E shows a section throughbone anchor 1150 and adaptivespinal rod 1100 in a substantially saggital plane (vertical and including the longitudinal axis of bone anchor 1150). As shown inFIG. 11E ,ball 1130 is contained or trapped betweencap 1140 andhousing 1120 to form a ball-joint.Ball 1130 can pivot within thehousing 1120 within limits imposed by contact betweenhousing 1120,cap 1140,nut 1151 andhead 1154. Additionally,posterior mount 1156 can slide withinslot 1136 ofball 1130 within limits imposed by contact ofposterior mount 1156 and the walls ofslot 1136. Additionally,bone anchor 1150 can rotate inslot 1136. As a result,bone anchor 1150 can pivot in the saggital plane as shown byarrow 1182 and translate in the saggital plane as shown byarrow 1186 and rotate. Additionally, if desired, thenut 1151 can be fastened to threadedshaft 1159 in a manner that allows thebone anchor 1150 to translate along the longitudinal axis along the direction ofarrow 1187. This can be accomplished by providing for alonger posterior mount 1156 that distances nut 1131 further from theball 1130 than is shown inFIG. 11G . This arrangement can be provided in the other embodiments discussed herein. - In the saggital plane shown in
FIG. 11E ,slot 1136 allows bone anchor 1150 a limited range of vertical movement which corresponds to spinal flexion/extension (shown by arrow 1186). The desired range ofvertical motion 1186, and thus the dimensions ofslot 1136, are selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient. In embodiments, the range of movement is limited to less than 5 mm. In preferred embodiments, the range of translational movement is approximately 2 mm. The difference between the length ofslot 1136 and the diameter ofposterior mount 1156 controls the linear range of movement. Further, for large patients, the range of motion can be greater than 5 mm. - In the saggital plane shown in
FIG. 11E , the ball-joint also allows bone anchor 1150 a limited angular range of movement which corresponds to spinal flexion/extension (shown by arrow 1182). The desired range ofangular motion 1182, is selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient. In the embodiments, preferably the range of angular movement in the saggital plane is limited to less than 15 degrees. - Referring now to
FIG. 11F which shows a section throughbone anchor 1150 and adaptivespinal rod 1100 in a substantially transverse plane. In the transverse plane shown inFIG. 11F , the ball-joint 1101 allows bone anchor 1150 a limited angular range of movement which corresponds to spinal rotation (shown by arrow 1184). The range of angular movement is limited by contact betweenhousing 1120 andcap 1140 withnut 1151 and/orhead 1154. The desired range ofangular motion 1184, and thus the shape ofhousing 1120,cap 1140,nut 1151 andhead 1154 can be selected based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient. In the embodiments, preferably the range of angular movement in the transverse plane is limited to less than 10 degrees in each direction. In other embodiments, the range of angular movement can be 10 degrees or greater. The range of angular movement in the transverse plane can, in some embodiments, be different than the range in the saggital/vertical plane. - Referring next to
FIG. 11G which shows a section throughbone anchor 1150 and adaptivespinal rod 1100 in a substantially dorsal plane (vertical and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of bone anchor 1150).Bone anchor 1150 is oriented either directly into or directly out of the page in this transverse view throughhousing 1120 andposterior mount 1156. As shown inFIG. 11G ,ball 1130 is contained or trapped inhousing 1120.Ball 1130 can rotate withinrace 1202 and thus, inhousing 1120. Mount or post 1156 of thebone anchor 1150 is contained or trapped inslot 1136 ofball 1130. Mount or post 1156 of thebone anchor 1150 can slide withinslot 1136 as well as rotate withinslot 1136. Themount 1156 and thus thebone anchor 1150 can pivot with respect tospinal rod 1100. Based on the embodiment of 11G, thespinal rod 1100 can slide, rotate and pivot relative to thebone anchor 1150. Similarly, thebone anchor 1150 can slide, rotate and pivot relative to thespinal rod 1100, Further, theball 1130 can rotate and pivot relative to thespinal rod 1100 and the mount or post of the bone anchor can rotate and slide relative to theball 1130. - In the dorsal plane shown in
FIG. 11G ,linear slot 1136 allowsbone anchor 1150 the limited vertical range ofmovement 1186 as described above. Rotation ofball 1130 withinhousing 1120 and rotation ofposterior mount 1156 withinslot 1136 is unrestricted in this preferred embodiment, allowingbone anchor 1150 to rotate freely (360+ degrees) as shown byarrow 1180 which corresponds to lateral spinal twisting. Thebone anchor 1150 rotates freely around the longitudinal axis of thespinal rod 1100. The range ofrotation 1180 is not limited in this embodiment. However, features to limit such rotation could be designed into one or more ofbone anchor 1150,ball 1130,cap 1140, andhousing 1120 if desired with appropriate stop surface. The desired range ofrotation 1180, can be selected, if necessary or desirable, based upon the anatomical and functional needs of a patient.FIGS. 11H and 11I show other dorsal sectional view. InFIG. 11H ,slot 1136 is no longer aligned with the longitudinal axis ofrod 1110.FIG. 11H illustrates how thelinear movement axis 1188 can change based on rotation ofball 1130. -
FIG. 11I is a representation of the implantation of two spinal rods 1100 a and 1100 b, side by side in generally a vertical orientation adjacent to the spine of a patient. These respective spinal rods are secured to an upper vertebra with first anchor screws and are secured to lower vertebra with second anchor screws. Due to the placement of the screws and the anatomy of the patient, spinal rod 1100 b is placed about vertical and parallel to the spine. Again, due to the placement of the screws and the anatomy of the patient, spinal rod 1100 a is placed at an angle to vertical and in this embodiment; spinal rod 1100 a is placed at an angle of about 20 degrees or less. The direction of motion of the spine in flexion and extension along a vertical path is shown by arrow 1189. As is evident fromFIG. 11I , spinal rod 1100 a is not aligned with vertical arrow 1189. However, asball 1130 can rotate inhousing 1120,slot 1136 can rotate to be substantially parallel with vertical arrow 1189. Thus, the post or mount 1156 located inslot 1136 of spinal rod 1100 a can slide or translate parallel to the direction of motion 1189 of the spine, even though spinal rod 1100 a is not aligned with the direction of motion 1189. - With reference to
FIGS. 11A to 11H and also to similar embodiments herein,aperture 1122 in the housing of 1120 at the end ofspinal rod 1110, instead of being circular as shown, can also be elongated, oval or rectangular with rounded corners, or race-track shaped, as for example, shown inFIGS. 1G and 3A . Accordingly, in this embodiment, both theaperture 1122 inhousing 1120 andslot 1136 in mount orball 1130 are elongated, oval or rectangular with rounded corners or race-track shaped. Accordingly, in addition to the motions afforded betweenspinal rod 1100 andbone anchor 1150 due to theelongated slot 1136 as shown inFIG. 11G , motions afforded betweenspinal rod 1100 andbone anchor 1150 due to theelongated aperture 1122 are available in this embodiment. -
FIGS. 12A-12B are views of an adaptive stabilization system including another alternative adaptive spinal rod according to an embodiment of the present invention.FIG. 12A is an exploded view showing the components of an adaptive spinal rod.FIG. 12B is a plane view of the assembled adaptive spinal rod.FIG. 12C is a perspective view of the adaptivespinal rod 1200 ofFIG. 12A as assembled. Referring first toFIG. 12A , which is an exploded view of the components of an adaptivespinal rod 1200, adaptivespinal rod 1200 has three components:rod 1210,ball 1230 andcap 1240.Rod 1210 is preferably connected and/or includes at one end tohousing 1220.Rod 1210, preferably, is similar in size, shape and material to standard spinal rods.Rod 1210 is preferably adapted for mounting to a standard pedicle screw or polyaxial screw (not shown).Rod 1210 is, in preferred embodiments, a cylinder about 5 mm to 6.5 mm in diameter and from 35 mm to 100 mm in length. -
Housing 1220 is preferably in the form of a flattened disc.Housing 1220 has anaperture 1222 passing therethrough.Aperture 1222 is circular in section to receiveball 1230.Aperture 1222 is shaped to receiveball 1230 fromopen side 1224, however, theclosed side 1226 ofaperture 1222 is too small forball 1230 to pass.Closed side 1226 ofaperture 1222 has acurved surface 1228 adapted to engageball 1230. In one embodiment,curved surface 1228 has the same radius of curvature asball 1230.Open side 1224 ofaperture 1222 is shaped to receivecap 1240 after placement ofball 1230.Cap 1240 can be force fit or welded to thehousing 1220 to holdball 1230 in place. In preferred embodiments,rod 1210 andhousing 1220 are made in one piece from titanium or titanium alloy. -
Cap 1240 is adapted to fit withinaperture 1222 ofhousing 1220.Cap 1240 has acap aperture 1242 therethrough. Theopen side 1244 ofcap aperture 1242 is configured to admit a portion ofball 1230. Theclosed side 1246 ofcap aperture 1242 is too small forball 1230 to pass. The interior ofcap aperture 1242 has acurved surface 1248 adapted to engageball 1230. In one embodiment curvedsurface 1248 has the same radius of curvature asball 1230. During assembly,ball 1230 is placed intoaperture 1222 ofhousing 1220.Cap 1240 is then secured intoaperture 1222 ofhousing 1220trapping ball 1230 betweencap 1240 andhousing 1220 to form a ball-joint (seeFIG. 12C ). When assembled,ball 1230 can pivot and rotate within a race created bycurved surface 1248 ofcap 1240 andcurved surface 1228 ofhousing 1220. -
Ball 1230 is in the form of a sphere truncated on two opposingsides bore 1236 passes throughball 1230 fromside 1232 toside 1234. The walls ofbore 1236 are preferably perpendicular to the truncated opposingsides Ball 1230 is adapted to receive a smooth shaft of a bone anchor—the shaft is held in place using a separate nut. Thebore 1236 is cylindrical and has an internal diameter sized to receive the posterior shaft of a bone anchor to be received in the bore (not shown but seeFIG. 11C ) and to allow bone anchor rotation. Thus, when secured in place, the shaft of the bone anchor can slide (along the longitudinal axis of the bone anchor) and rotate withinbore 1236.Bore 1236 is eccentric in that the axis ofbore 1236 does not pass through the center ofball 1230. -
FIG. 12B shows an enlarged view ofball 1230 fromside 1232.Bore 1236 passes all the way throughball 1230. The axis ofbore 1236 is preferably perpendicular to side 1232 (andside 1234, not shown).Bore 1236 is circular and thecenter axis 1237 ofbore 1236 is offset from thecenter axis 1231 of ball 1230 (the axis passing through the center ofball 1230 perpendicular tosides 1232 and 1234). The offset 1239 is illustrated by a double-headed arrow. In embodiments, the axis ofbore 1236 is offset from the center ofball 1230 by preferably 0.5 mm to 2.5 mm. In one preferred embodiment, the axis ofbore 1236 is offset from the center ofball 1230 by 1 mm. Because of the offset, rotation of theball 1230 can move thecenter axis 1237 ofbore 1236 through a range of double the amount of offset 1239. When integrated into adaptivespinal rod 1200,ball 1230 provides a linear range of motion of twice the amount of offset between therod 1210 and a shaft mounted inbore 1236 achieving results kinematically similar to adaptivespinal rod 1100 ofFIGS. 11A-11H . -
FIG. 12C shows a fully assembled adaptivespinal rod 1200 in whichball 1230 is positioned betweencap 1240 andhousing 1220.Aperture 1222 ofhousing 1220 andcap aperture 1242 ofcap 1240 cooperate to from a partially-spherical race 1202 in whichball 1230 is contained or trapped. Althoughball 1230 is contained or trapped withinrace 1202,ball 1230 can pivot and rotate withincircular race 1202. In combination, the surface ofball 1230, and thelinear race 1202 form a ball-joint. - As shown in
FIG. 12C , bore 1236 ofball 1230 is accessible from both sides of thehousing 1220 afterball 1230 has been secured betweencap 1240 andhousing 1220.Bore 1236 ofball 1230 is accessible and configured for mounting adaptivespinal rod 1200 to a bone anchor, for example, the bone anchor shown, inFIG. 11C . Thebore 1236 is shown inFIG. 12B to be on the opposite side ofrace 1202 fromrod 1210. However, becauseball 1230 can rotate withinrace 1202, bore 1236 can move closer torod 1210 by a distance double the offset 1239 to position 1241 (SeeFIG. 12B ). - Movement of the adaptive spinal rod relative to the bone anchor provides load sharing and adaptive stabilization properties to the adaptive stabilization assembly. The characteristics of the material of the adaptive spinal rod in combination with the dimensions of the components affect the force-deflection characteristics of the adaptive spinal rod. The dimensions and materials may be selected to achieve the desired force-deflection characteristics.
- The adaptive spinal rod and bone anchors are preferably made of biocompatible implantable metals. Components of the adaptive spinal rod are, in some embodiments, made from stainless steel, titanium, titanium alloy and/or cobalt chrome. In preferred embodiments, the bone anchor and adaptive spinal rod are made of titanium alloy; however, other materials, for example, stainless steel may be used instead of or in addition to the titanium components. Furthermore, moving components of the adaptive spinal rod are, in some embodiments, made of cobalt chrome for good wear characteristics.
- The particular adaptive stabilization assemblies shown herein are provided by way of example only. It is an aspect of preferred embodiments of the present invention that a range of components be provided and that the components may be assembled in different combinations and organizations to create different assemblies suitable for the functional needs and anatomy of different patients. Also, adaptive spinal rods having different force deflection characteristics may be incorporated at different spinal levels in accordance with the anatomical and functional requirements. Stabilization and load sharing may be provided at one or more motion segments and in some cases stabilization and load sharing may be provided at one or more motion segments in conjunction with fusion at an adjacent motion segment. Particular adaptive stabilization assemblies may incorporate combinations of the bone anchors, adaptive spinal rods, vertical rods, deflection rods, offset and coaxial connectors described herein, described in the related applications incorporated by reference, and also standard spinal stabilization and/or fusion components, for example screws, rods and polyaxial screws.
- The foregoing description of preferred embodiments of the present invention has been provided for the purposes of illustration and description. It is not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the invention and its practical application, thereby enabling others skilled in the art to understand the invention for various embodiments and with various modifications that are suited to the particular use contemplated. It is intended that the scope of the invention be defined by the claims and their equivalents.
Claims (28)
1. A adaptive spinal rod adapted to span at least about a spinal segment, wherein the spinal rod comprises:
an elongated rod having a first end, a second end and a longitudinal rod axis;
a linear race at the first end of the rod;
a partially-spherical mount contained in the linear race; and
the partially-spherical mount having a bore adapted to receive a post of a bone anchor
whereby a bone anchor can be secured to the partially-spherical mount while permitting the bone anchor to change in angle relative to the longitudinal rod axis.
2. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 1 , wherein the bore of the partially-spherical mount comprises a fastener adapted to secure the partially-spherical mount to a bone anchor.
3. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 1 , wherein the linear race is aligned with the longitudinal axis of the elongated rod.
4. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 1 , wherein the partially-spherical mount comprises a tool engagement feature which is adapted to permit the ball-shaped mount to engage and be turned by a tool to secure the partially-spherical mount to a threaded post of a bone anchor.
5. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 1 , wherein the partially-spherical mount is configured to slide, pivot and rotate in the linear race and relative to the elongated rod.
6. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 1 , wherein the linear race has an adjustable length.
7. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 1 , in combination with a bone screw, wherein the bone screw comprises a threaded shaft adapted to engage a vertebra and a post to mount the partially-spherical mount.
8. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 1 , in combination with a first bone screw and a second bone screw, wherein:
the first bone screw comprises a post and a first threaded shaft adapted to engage a vertebra;
the second bone screw comprises a head and a second threaded shaft adapted to engage a vertebra;
wherein the partially-spherical mount is secured to the post of the first bone screw; and
wherein the second end of the elongate rod is secured to the head of the second bone screw.
9. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 1 , wherein the partially-spherical mount can slide, rotate and pivot relative to the elongated rod.
10. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 1 , wherein the elongated rod is adapted to slide, rotate and pivot relative to the bone anchor.
11. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 1 , wherein the linear race is parallel to and off-set from said longitudinal rod axis.
12. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 1 , wherein said bore of said partially-spherical mount is adapted to allow the post to slide through said bore.
13. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 1 , wherein said bore is off-set from the center of said partially-spherical mount.
14. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 1 , wherein said linear race is one of oval, elliptical, rectangular with rounded corners, and race-track shaped.
15. An adaptive spinal rod adapted to stabilize a spine, wherein the spinal rod comprises:
an elongated rod having a first end, a second end, and a longitudinal rod axis;
a housing at the first end of the rod;
a rod slot passing through the housing;
a race within the slot;
a mount contained by the race and movable relative to the race;
a bore passing through the mount and said bore adapted to receive a post.
16. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 15 , wherein said mount is spherically shaped and said rod can slide, rotate, and pivot relative to said post.
17. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 15 , wherein said race and said mount form a sliding ball-joint.
18. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 15 , wherein the mount can slide, rotate and pivot relative to said elongated rod.
19. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 15 , wherein said mount is adapted to slide, rotate, and pivot relative to the post.
20. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 15 , wherein said race is linear.
21. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 15 , wherein said race has concave sides.
22. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 15 , wherein said mount includes a first curved surface and a second curved surface, with the first curved surface facing the second curved surface.
23. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 15 , wherein said race has convex sides.
24. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 15 , wherein the race is parallel to and off-set from said longitudinal rod axis.
25. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 15 , wherein said bore is adapted to allow the post to slide through said bore.
26. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 15 , wherein said bore is off-set from the center of said mount.
27. The adaptive spinal rod of claim 15 wherein said rod slot is one of oval, elliptical, rectangular with rounded corners, and race-track shaped.
28. An adaptive spinal rod adapted to stabilize a spine, wherein the spinal rod comprises:
an elongated rod having a first end, a second end, and a longitudinal rod axis;
a housing at the first end of the rod;
a rod slot passing through the housing;
said rod slot being one of oval, elliptical, rectangular with rounded corners and race-track shaped;
a mount contained by the rod slot and movable relative to the rod slot; and
a bore passing through the mount and said bore adapted to receive a post.
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US13/014,894 US20110307015A1 (en) | 2010-06-10 | 2011-01-27 | Adaptive spinal rod and methods for stabilization of the spine |
PCT/US2011/039144 WO2011156236A2 (en) | 2010-06-10 | 2011-06-03 | Adaptive spinal rod and methods for stabilization of the spine |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US35350810P | 2010-06-10 | 2010-06-10 | |
US201161435961P | 2011-01-25 | 2011-01-25 | |
US13/014,894 US20110307015A1 (en) | 2010-06-10 | 2011-01-27 | Adaptive spinal rod and methods for stabilization of the spine |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20110307015A1 true US20110307015A1 (en) | 2011-12-15 |
Family
ID=45096835
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/014,868 Active 2031-10-19 US8518085B2 (en) | 2010-06-10 | 2011-01-27 | Adaptive spinal rod and methods for stabilization of the spine |
US13/014,878 Abandoned US20110307018A1 (en) | 2010-06-10 | 2011-01-27 | Adaptive spinal rod and methods for stabilization of the spine |
US13/014,894 Abandoned US20110307015A1 (en) | 2010-06-10 | 2011-01-27 | Adaptive spinal rod and methods for stabilization of the spine |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/014,868 Active 2031-10-19 US8518085B2 (en) | 2010-06-10 | 2011-01-27 | Adaptive spinal rod and methods for stabilization of the spine |
US13/014,878 Abandoned US20110307018A1 (en) | 2010-06-10 | 2011-01-27 | Adaptive spinal rod and methods for stabilization of the spine |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US8518085B2 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2011156236A2 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN107635493A (en) * | 2015-04-17 | 2018-01-26 | 阿比菲克斯有限公司 | Expansible multi-axial spinal internal fixation system |
US11547450B2 (en) * | 2015-04-17 | 2023-01-10 | Apifix Ltd. | Expandable polyaxial spinal system |
Families Citing this family (43)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9451990B2 (en) * | 2004-02-17 | 2016-09-27 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Facet joint replacement instruments and methods |
US9579126B2 (en) | 2008-02-02 | 2017-02-28 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Spinal rod link reducer |
US8328806B2 (en) * | 2008-06-24 | 2012-12-11 | Extremity Medical, Llc | Fixation system, an intramedullary fixation assembly and method of use |
US8313487B2 (en) * | 2008-06-24 | 2012-11-20 | Extremity Medical Llc | Fixation system, an intramedullary fixation assembly and method of use |
FR2963227B1 (en) * | 2010-07-29 | 2013-06-14 | Clariance | IMPROVEMENT FOR FACETARY ARTHROPLASTY DEVICE |
US9795412B2 (en) * | 2010-11-30 | 2017-10-24 | Genossis Llc | Bone compression and fixation devices |
US9247964B1 (en) * | 2011-03-01 | 2016-02-02 | Nuasive, Inc. | Spinal Cross-connector |
US8337530B2 (en) * | 2011-03-09 | 2012-12-25 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Polyaxial pedicle screw with increased angulation |
US20130085534A1 (en) * | 2011-09-30 | 2013-04-04 | Nicolas Hainard | Connectors for a secondary bone anchor |
US8758411B1 (en) | 2011-10-25 | 2014-06-24 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Implants and methods for treating spinal disorders |
US8337532B1 (en) | 2011-12-08 | 2012-12-25 | Spine Wave, Inc. | Methods for percutaneously extending an existing spinal construct |
EP2863816B1 (en) * | 2012-06-21 | 2018-04-04 | Aesculap AG | Low profile bone stabilization systems |
US9510866B2 (en) * | 2012-08-15 | 2016-12-06 | Blackstone Medical, Inc. | Pivoting spinal fixation devices |
US20140074169A1 (en) * | 2012-09-13 | 2014-03-13 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Spinal correction system and method |
WO2014089467A1 (en) * | 2012-12-06 | 2014-06-12 | In Queue Innovations, Llc | Minimally invasive spinal column realignment system and method |
US20150094769A1 (en) | 2013-10-01 | 2015-04-02 | Hamid Abbasi | System and method for lengthening an existing spinal support structure |
WO2015081025A1 (en) | 2013-11-29 | 2015-06-04 | The Johns Hopkins University | Cranial reference mount |
FR3027207A1 (en) * | 2014-10-15 | 2016-04-22 | Medicrea Int | MATERIAL OF VERTEBRAL OSTEOSYNTHESIS |
FR3027208B1 (en) | 2014-10-15 | 2016-12-23 | Medicrea Int | MATERIAL OF VERTEBRAL OSTEOSYNTHESIS |
CN104323851A (en) * | 2014-10-30 | 2015-02-04 | 哈尔滨医科大学 | Internal fixing device of spine |
WO2016086049A1 (en) | 2014-11-24 | 2016-06-02 | The Johns Hopkins University | A cutting machine for resizing raw implants during surgery |
AU2016316683B2 (en) | 2015-09-04 | 2020-07-23 | The Johns Hopkins University | Low-profile intercranial device |
US10307185B2 (en) | 2016-03-29 | 2019-06-04 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Revision connectors, systems, and methods thereof |
US10624679B2 (en) | 2016-03-29 | 2020-04-21 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Revision connectors, systems and methods thereof |
US10383663B2 (en) | 2016-03-29 | 2019-08-20 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Revision connectors, systems and methods thereof |
US10820929B2 (en) | 2016-03-29 | 2020-11-03 | Globus Medical Inc. | Revision connectors, systems, and methods thereof |
US10321939B2 (en) | 2016-05-18 | 2019-06-18 | Medos International Sarl | Implant connectors and related methods |
US10517647B2 (en) | 2016-05-18 | 2019-12-31 | Medos International Sarl | Implant connectors and related methods |
EP3503827A4 (en) | 2016-08-24 | 2020-08-05 | Integrity Implants Inc. | Adjustable bone fixation systems |
US10492835B2 (en) | 2016-12-19 | 2019-12-03 | Medos International Sàrl | Offset rods, offset rod connectors, and related methods |
US10238432B2 (en) | 2017-02-10 | 2019-03-26 | Medos International Sàrl | Tandem rod connectors and related methods |
US10966761B2 (en) | 2017-03-28 | 2021-04-06 | Medos International Sarl | Articulating implant connectors and related methods |
US10561454B2 (en) | 2017-03-28 | 2020-02-18 | Medos International Sarl | Articulating implant connectors and related methods |
US11419639B2 (en) | 2017-03-30 | 2022-08-23 | K2M, Inc. | Modular offset screw |
US11298156B2 (en) | 2017-03-30 | 2022-04-12 | K2M, Inc. | Modular screw |
EP3600095B1 (en) | 2017-03-30 | 2023-03-15 | K2M, Inc. | Bone anchor apparatus |
CN107440776B (en) * | 2017-07-20 | 2020-07-14 | 南京市第一医院 | Internal fixing device for treating Hangman fracture by combining posterior lag screw with pedicle screw |
US11076890B2 (en) | 2017-12-01 | 2021-08-03 | Medos International Sàrl | Rod-to-rod connectors having robust rod closure mechanisms and related methods |
US12082849B2 (en) | 2019-04-12 | 2024-09-10 | Orthopediatrics Corp. | Dual tether support of vertebra |
US20210045785A1 (en) * | 2019-08-15 | 2021-02-18 | Premia Spine Ltd. | Polyaxial fixation system for revision surgery |
US11849980B2 (en) * | 2020-03-11 | 2023-12-26 | Chaim Rogozinski | System and method for the treatment of spinal conditions |
WO2022108875A1 (en) | 2020-11-19 | 2022-05-27 | K2M, Inc. | Modular head assembly for spinal fixation |
US11331125B1 (en) | 2021-10-07 | 2022-05-17 | Ortho Inventions, Llc | Low profile rod-to-rod coupler |
Family Cites Families (561)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
GB780652A (en) | 1954-04-30 | 1957-08-07 | Zimmer Orthopaedic Ltd | Improvements in or relating to apparatus for use in spinal fixation |
JPS52130183A (en) | 1975-04-22 | 1977-11-01 | Ingubuaru Buranemaruku Peru | Method of forming bone setting |
GB1551706A (en) | 1975-04-28 | 1979-08-30 | Downs Surgical Ltd | Surgical implant |
DE2649042B1 (en) | 1976-10-28 | 1978-01-05 | Ulrich Max Bernhard | Corrective implant for anterior derotation spondylodesis and device for adjusting the corrective implant |
US4274401A (en) | 1978-12-08 | 1981-06-23 | Miskew Don B W | Apparatus for correcting spinal deformities and method for using |
CH639264A5 (en) | 1979-09-11 | 1983-11-15 | Synthes Ag | Instrument used for the treatment of vertebral fractures and scoliosis |
DE10237531A1 (en) | 2002-08-16 | 2004-02-26 | Tutogen Medical Gmbh | implant |
US4409968A (en) | 1980-02-04 | 1983-10-18 | Drummond Denis S | Method and apparatus for engaging a hook assembly to a spinal column |
US4411259A (en) | 1980-02-04 | 1983-10-25 | Drummond Denis S | Apparatus for engaging a hook assembly to a spinal column |
PL127121B1 (en) | 1980-07-30 | 1983-09-30 | Wyzsza Szkola Inzynierska | Surgical strut for treating spinal affections |
US4347845A (en) | 1981-03-23 | 1982-09-07 | Mayfield Jack K | Hook inserter device |
US4567885A (en) | 1981-11-03 | 1986-02-04 | Androphy Gary W | Triplanar knee resection system |
US4422451A (en) | 1982-03-22 | 1983-12-27 | Ali Kalamchi | Spinal compression and distraction instrumentation |
FR2528382A1 (en) * | 1982-06-11 | 1983-12-16 | Vibrachoc Sa | VIBRATION DAMPER AND IN PARTICULAR FREQUENCY ADAPTER FOR HELICOPTER BLADE |
US4479491A (en) | 1982-07-26 | 1984-10-30 | Martin Felix M | Intervertebral stabilization implant |
DE3306657C2 (en) | 1983-02-25 | 1986-12-11 | Fa. Heinrich C. Ulrich, 7900 Ulm | Spine correction implant with a distraction rod |
FR2545350B1 (en) | 1983-05-04 | 1985-08-23 | Cotrel Yves | DEVICE FOR SHRINKAGE OF THE RACHIS |
US4611580A (en) | 1983-11-23 | 1986-09-16 | Henry Ford Hospital | Intervertebral body stabilization |
US4611581A (en) | 1983-12-16 | 1986-09-16 | Acromed Corporation | Apparatus for straightening spinal columns |
US4696290A (en) | 1983-12-16 | 1987-09-29 | Acromed Corporation | Apparatus for straightening spinal columns |
US4611582A (en) | 1983-12-27 | 1986-09-16 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Vertebral clamp |
GB2173104B (en) | 1984-02-28 | 1987-11-25 | Peter John Webb | Spinal fixation apparatus |
US4604995A (en) | 1984-03-30 | 1986-08-12 | Stephens David C | Spinal stabilizer |
CA1227902A (en) | 1984-04-02 | 1987-10-13 | Raymond G. Tronzo | Fenestrated hip screw and method of augmented internal fixation |
US4573454A (en) | 1984-05-17 | 1986-03-04 | Hoffman Gregory A | Spinal fixation apparatus |
US4655199A (en) | 1985-03-29 | 1987-04-07 | Acromed Corporation | Spinal column straightening apparatus |
US4743260A (en) | 1985-06-10 | 1988-05-10 | Burton Charles V | Method for a flexible stabilization system for a vertebral column |
US4653481A (en) | 1985-07-24 | 1987-03-31 | Howland Robert S | Advanced spine fixation system and method |
US4773402A (en) | 1985-09-13 | 1988-09-27 | Isola Implants, Inc. | Dorsal transacral surgical implant |
US4719905B1 (en) | 1985-11-01 | 1995-10-31 | Acromed Corp | Apparatus and method for maintaining vertebrae in a desired relationship |
US4648388B1 (en) | 1985-11-01 | 1995-10-31 | Acromed Corp | Apparatus and method for maintaining vertebrae in a desired relationship |
DE3614101C1 (en) | 1986-04-25 | 1987-10-22 | Juergen Prof Dr Med Harms | Pedicle screw |
US4805602A (en) | 1986-11-03 | 1989-02-21 | Danninger Medical Technology | Transpedicular screw and rod system |
DE3639810C2 (en) | 1986-11-21 | 1998-04-09 | Heinrich Ulrich | Implant for spine correction and / or stabilization |
FR2612070B1 (en) | 1987-03-12 | 1992-09-18 | Privat Jean Marie | POSTERIOR SPINAL OSTEOSYNTHESIS DEVICE |
FR2615095B1 (en) | 1987-05-15 | 1989-08-18 | Fabrication Materiel Orthopedi | OSTEOSYNTHESIS INSTRUMENTATION FOR THE CORRECTION OF LUMBAR SCOLIOSES BY POSTERIOR PATHWAY |
DE3800052A1 (en) | 1987-07-08 | 1989-07-13 | Harms Juergen | POSITIONING SCREW |
US4913134A (en) | 1987-07-24 | 1990-04-03 | Biotechnology, Inc. | Spinal fixation system |
US4887595A (en) | 1987-07-29 | 1989-12-19 | Acromed Corporation | Surgically implantable device for spinal columns |
CH683963A5 (en) | 1988-06-10 | 1994-06-30 | Synthes Ag | Internal fixation. |
US4950269A (en) | 1988-06-13 | 1990-08-21 | Acromed Corporation | Spinal column fixation device |
FR2633177B1 (en) | 1988-06-24 | 1991-03-08 | Fabrication Materiel Orthopedi | IMPLANT FOR A SPINAL OSTEOSYNTHESIS DEVICE, ESPECIALLY IN TRAUMATOLOGY |
US5112332A (en) | 1988-12-21 | 1992-05-12 | Zimmer, Inc. | Method of performing spinal surgery |
US5201734A (en) | 1988-12-21 | 1993-04-13 | Zimmer, Inc. | Spinal locking sleeve assembly |
US5074864A (en) | 1988-12-21 | 1991-12-24 | Zimmer, Inc. | Clamp assembly for use in a spinal system |
GB2254394B (en) | 1988-12-21 | 1993-03-17 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | Coupler assembly |
US4955885A (en) | 1988-12-21 | 1990-09-11 | Zimmer, Inc. | Surgical slider instrument and method of using instrument |
US5147359A (en) | 1988-12-21 | 1992-09-15 | Zimmer, Inc. | Spinal hook body |
US5116334A (en) | 1988-12-21 | 1992-05-26 | Zimmer, Inc. | Posterior spinal system and method |
USRE36221E (en) | 1989-02-03 | 1999-06-01 | Breard; Francis Henri | Flexible inter-vertebral stabilizer as well as process and apparatus for determining or verifying its tension before installation on the spinal column |
FR2642645B1 (en) | 1989-02-03 | 1992-08-14 | Breard Francis | FLEXIBLE INTERVERTEBRAL STABILIZER AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING ITS VOLTAGE BEFORE PLACEMENT ON THE RACHIS |
US5084049A (en) | 1989-02-08 | 1992-01-28 | Acromed Corporation | Transverse connector for spinal column corrective devices |
US5024213A (en) | 1989-02-08 | 1991-06-18 | Acromed Corporation | Connector for a corrective device |
FR2642643B1 (en) | 1989-02-09 | 1991-05-10 | Vignaud Jean Louis | SPINAL INSTRUMENTATION FOR UNIVERSAL PEDICULAR FIXATION WITH MICROMETRIC ADJUSTMENT DIAPASON SCREW |
US4987892A (en) | 1989-04-04 | 1991-01-29 | Krag Martin H | Spinal fixation device |
FR2645732B1 (en) | 1989-04-13 | 1997-01-03 | Cotrel Yves | VERTEBRAL IMPLANT FOR OSTEOSYNTHESIS DEVICE |
DE3923996A1 (en) | 1989-07-20 | 1991-01-31 | Lutz Biedermann | RECORDING PART FOR JOINTLY CONNECTING TO A SCREW FOR MAKING A PEDICLE SCREW |
US5261913A (en) | 1989-07-26 | 1993-11-16 | J.B.S. Limited Company | Device for straightening, securing, compressing and elongating the spinal column |
US5344422A (en) | 1989-10-30 | 1994-09-06 | Synthes (U.S.A.) | Pedicular screw clamp |
CA2035348C (en) | 1990-02-08 | 2000-05-16 | Jean-Louis Vignaud | Adjustable fastening device with spinal osteosynthesis rods |
FR2659225B1 (en) | 1990-03-08 | 1995-09-08 | Sofamor | TRANSVERSE FIXING DEVICE FOR PROVIDING A RIGID CROSS-LINK BETWEEN TWO RODS OF A SPINAL OSTEOSYNTHESIS SYSTEM. |
US5030220A (en) | 1990-03-29 | 1991-07-09 | Advanced Spine Fixation Systems Incorporated | Spine fixation system |
US5360431A (en) | 1990-04-26 | 1994-11-01 | Cross Medical Products | Transpedicular screw system and method of use |
US5290289A (en) | 1990-05-22 | 1994-03-01 | Sanders Albert E | Nitinol spinal instrumentation and method for surgically treating scoliosis |
US5102412A (en) | 1990-06-19 | 1992-04-07 | Chaim Rogozinski | System for instrumentation of the spine in the treatment of spinal deformities |
US5129900B1 (en) | 1990-07-24 | 1998-12-29 | Acromed Corp | Spinal column retaining method and apparatus |
CH681853A5 (en) | 1990-08-21 | 1993-06-15 | Synthes Ag | |
FR2666981B1 (en) | 1990-09-21 | 1993-06-25 | Commarmond Jacques | SYNTHETIC LIGAMENT VERTEBRAL. |
US6520990B1 (en) | 1990-10-05 | 2003-02-18 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Lateral fixation plates for a spinal system |
US5127912A (en) | 1990-10-05 | 1992-07-07 | R. Charles Ray | Sacral implant system |
US5300073A (en) | 1990-10-05 | 1994-04-05 | Salut, Ltd. | Sacral implant system |
CH685850A5 (en) | 1990-11-26 | 1995-10-31 | Synthes Ag | anchoring device |
US5113685A (en) | 1991-01-28 | 1992-05-19 | Acromed Corporation | Apparatus for contouring spine plates and/or rods |
FR2672202B1 (en) | 1991-02-05 | 1993-07-30 | Safir | BONE SURGICAL IMPLANT, ESPECIALLY FOR INTERVERTEBRAL STABILIZER. |
US5129899A (en) * | 1991-03-27 | 1992-07-14 | Smith & Nephew Richards Inc. | Bone fixation apparatus |
CH683024A5 (en) | 1991-04-16 | 1993-12-31 | Synthes Ag | Connecting means for connecting a first adjustable with a second construction element, in particular of tubes or rods of a fixation device. |
FR2676911B1 (en) | 1991-05-30 | 1998-03-06 | Psi Ste Civile Particuliere | INTERVERTEBRAL STABILIZATION DEVICE WITH SHOCK ABSORBERS. |
US5261911A (en) | 1991-06-18 | 1993-11-16 | Allen Carl | Anterolateral spinal fixation system |
FR2680461B1 (en) | 1991-08-19 | 1993-11-26 | Fabrication Mat Orthopedique | IMPLANT FOR OSTEOSYNTHESIS DEVICE, ESPECIALLY OF THE RACHIS, AND CORRESPONDING DEVICE FOR ITS PLACEMENT. |
US5257993A (en) | 1991-10-04 | 1993-11-02 | Acromed Corporation | Top-entry rod retainer |
NL9200288A (en) | 1992-02-17 | 1993-09-16 | Acromed Bv | DEVICE FOR FIXING AT LEAST A PART OF THE CERVICAL AND / OR THORACAL SPIRIT COLUMN. |
JP2664614B2 (en) | 1992-02-20 | 1997-10-15 | ジ・ベ・エス ソシエテ アノニム | Cervical spine correction, fixation, clamping and retraction devices |
DE9202745U1 (en) | 1992-03-02 | 1992-04-30 | Howmedica Gmbh, 2314 Schoenkirchen | Device for bracing vertebrae of the human spine |
US5171279A (en) | 1992-03-17 | 1992-12-15 | Danek Medical | Method for subcutaneous suprafascial pedicular internal fixation |
EP0572790B1 (en) | 1992-06-04 | 1996-02-14 | Synthes AG, Chur | Osteosynthesis anchoring element |
ES2100348T3 (en) | 1992-06-25 | 1997-06-16 | Synthes Ag | OSTEOSYNTHETIC FIXING DEVICE. |
US5281222A (en) | 1992-06-30 | 1994-01-25 | Zimmer, Inc. | Spinal implant system |
US5498264A (en) | 1992-07-21 | 1996-03-12 | Synthes (U.S.A.) | Clamp connection for connecting two construction components for a setting device, particularly an osteosynthetic setting device |
US5397363A (en) | 1992-08-11 | 1995-03-14 | Gelbard; Steven D. | Spinal stabilization implant system |
ES2099326T3 (en) | 1992-08-12 | 1997-05-16 | Synthes Ag | RAQUIS FIXING ELEMENT. |
GB9217578D0 (en) | 1992-08-19 | 1992-09-30 | Surgicarft Ltd | Surgical implants,etc |
US5382248A (en) | 1992-09-10 | 1995-01-17 | H. D. Medical, Inc. | System and method for stabilizing bone segments |
ZA937672B (en) | 1992-10-22 | 1994-05-16 | Danek Medical Inc | Spinal rod transverse connector for supporting vertebral fixation elements |
FR2697742B1 (en) | 1992-11-06 | 1994-12-16 | Biomat | Osteosynthesis device for spinal consolidation. |
US5562735A (en) | 1992-11-09 | 1996-10-08 | Hospital For Joint Diseases | Spinal stabilization system and improved method |
US5702395A (en) | 1992-11-10 | 1997-12-30 | Sofamor S.N.C. | Spine osteosynthesis instrumentation for an anterior approach |
AU5600294A (en) | 1992-11-12 | 1994-06-08 | Neville Alleyne | Cardiac protection device |
US5611354A (en) | 1992-11-12 | 1997-03-18 | Alleyne; Neville | Cardiac protection device |
DE4243951C2 (en) | 1992-12-23 | 1997-07-03 | Plus Endoprothetik Ag | Device for stiffening a spinal column section consisting of at least two vertebrae |
CA2103200A1 (en) | 1992-12-28 | 1994-06-29 | Robert S. Howland | Cervical spine rod fixation system |
US5498262A (en) * | 1992-12-31 | 1996-03-12 | Bryan; Donald W. | Spinal fixation apparatus and method |
US5947965A (en) | 1992-12-31 | 1999-09-07 | Bryan; Donald W. | Spinal fixation apparatus and method |
US5527314A (en) | 1993-01-04 | 1996-06-18 | Danek Medical, Inc. | Spinal fixation system |
US5282801A (en) | 1993-02-17 | 1994-02-01 | Danek Medical, Inc. | Top tightening clamp assembly for a spinal fixation system |
US5549607A (en) | 1993-02-19 | 1996-08-27 | Alphatec Manufacturing, Inc, | Apparatus for spinal fixation system |
DE4307576C1 (en) | 1993-03-10 | 1994-04-21 | Biedermann Motech Gmbh | Bone screw esp. for spinal column correction - has U=shaped holder section for receiving straight or bent rod |
US5415661A (en) | 1993-03-24 | 1995-05-16 | University Of Miami | Implantable spinal assist device |
FR2704133B1 (en) | 1993-04-19 | 1995-07-13 | Stryker Corp | Implant for osteosynthesis device in particular of the spine. |
FR2704134B1 (en) | 1993-04-20 | 1998-08-28 | Stryker Corp | Assembly piece for osteosynthesis device. |
EP0650344B1 (en) | 1993-05-11 | 1998-02-18 | Synthes AG, Chur | Osteo-synthetic securing component and manipulation aid therefor |
FR2705226B1 (en) | 1993-05-17 | 1995-07-07 | Tornier Sa | Spine fixator to maintain a spine. |
US6077262A (en) | 1993-06-04 | 2000-06-20 | Synthes (U.S.A.) | Posterior spinal implant |
DE4417629B4 (en) | 1993-06-24 | 2006-03-16 | SDGI Holdings, Inc., Wilmington | Implant for the replacement of vertebral bodies |
US5584831A (en) | 1993-07-09 | 1996-12-17 | September 28, Inc. | Spinal fixation device and method |
US5437670A (en) | 1993-08-19 | 1995-08-01 | Danek Medical, Inc. | Attachment plate for top-tightening clamp assembly in a spinal fixation system |
FR2709246B1 (en) | 1993-08-27 | 1995-09-29 | Martin Jean Raymond | Dynamic implanted spinal orthosis. |
WO1995010238A1 (en) | 1993-10-08 | 1995-04-20 | Chaim Rogozinski | Spinal treatment apparatus and method including multi-directional attachment member |
JP3683909B2 (en) | 1993-10-08 | 2005-08-17 | ロゴジンスキ,チェーム | Device for treating spinal conditions |
US5380326A (en) | 1993-11-12 | 1995-01-10 | Lin; Chih-I | Clamping device for vertebral locking rod |
FR2712481B1 (en) | 1993-11-18 | 1996-01-12 | Graf Henry | Improvements to flexible inter-vertebral stabilizers. |
DE69433671D1 (en) | 1993-11-19 | 2004-05-06 | Cross Med Prod Inc | FASTENING ROD SEAT WITH SLIDING LOCK |
US5466237A (en) | 1993-11-19 | 1995-11-14 | Cross Medical Products, Inc. | Variable locking stabilizer anchor seat and screw |
US5628740A (en) | 1993-12-23 | 1997-05-13 | Mullane; Thomas S. | Articulating toggle bolt bone screw |
JP2605313Y2 (en) * | 1993-12-28 | 2000-07-10 | 旭光学工業株式会社 | Fixation device for posterior spine correction member |
US5611800A (en) | 1994-02-15 | 1997-03-18 | Alphatec Manufacturing, Inc. | Spinal fixation system |
EP0669109B1 (en) | 1994-02-28 | 1999-05-26 | Sulzer Orthopädie AG | Stabilizer for adjacent vertebrae |
US5601552A (en) | 1994-03-18 | 1997-02-11 | Sofamor, S.N.C. | Fixing device for a rigid transverse connection device between rods of a spinal osteosynthesis system |
AU4089697A (en) | 1994-05-25 | 1998-03-19 | Roger P Jackson | Apparatus and method for spinal fixation and correction of spinal deformities |
FR2721501B1 (en) | 1994-06-24 | 1996-08-23 | Fairant Paulette | Prostheses of the vertebral articular facets. |
ES2152973T3 (en) | 1994-06-30 | 2001-02-16 | Sulzer Orthopadie Ag | DEVICE FOR THE CONNECTION OF VERTEBRAS. |
DE4425357C2 (en) | 1994-07-18 | 1996-07-04 | Harms Juergen | Anchoring element |
US5961517A (en) | 1994-07-18 | 1999-10-05 | Biedermann; Lutz | Anchoring member and adjustment tool therefor |
US5681310A (en) | 1994-07-20 | 1997-10-28 | Yuan; Hansen A. | Vertebral auxiliary fixation device having holding capability |
FR2722980B1 (en) | 1994-07-26 | 1996-09-27 | Samani Jacques | INTERTEPINOUS VERTEBRAL IMPLANT |
US5681311A (en) | 1994-09-15 | 1997-10-28 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Osteosynthesis apparatus |
US5690633A (en) | 1994-09-23 | 1997-11-25 | Smith & Nephew Richards, Inc. | Orthopedic fracture fixation device |
US6004322A (en) | 1994-10-25 | 1999-12-21 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Modular pedicle screw system |
FR2726171B1 (en) | 1994-10-28 | 1997-01-24 | Jbs Sa | REHABITABLE CONNECTING SCREW DEVICE FOR BONE JOINT, IN PARTICULAR FOR STABILIZING AT LEAST TWO VERTEBRES |
DE69526113D1 (en) | 1994-11-16 | 2002-05-02 | Advanced Spine Fixation Syst | GRAPPING HOOKS FOR FIXING THE SPINE SEGMENTS |
US6344057B1 (en) | 1994-11-22 | 2002-02-05 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Adjustable vertebral body replacement |
US5716358A (en) | 1994-12-02 | 1998-02-10 | Johnson & Johnson Professional, Inc. | Directional bone fixation device |
FR2729556B1 (en) | 1995-01-23 | 1998-10-16 | Sofamor | SPINAL OSTEOSYNTHESIS DEVICE WITH MEDIAN HOOK AND VERTEBRAL ANCHOR SUPPORT |
US5620443A (en) * | 1995-01-25 | 1997-04-15 | Danek Medical, Inc. | Anterior screw-rod connector |
US5643260A (en) | 1995-02-14 | 1997-07-01 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Orthopedic fixation system |
DE19507141B4 (en) | 1995-03-01 | 2004-12-23 | Harms, Jürgen, Prof. Dr.med. | Locking |
AU2101495A (en) | 1995-03-13 | 1996-10-02 | Steven D. Gelbard | Spinal stabilization implant system |
DE19509332C1 (en) | 1995-03-15 | 1996-08-14 | Harms Juergen | Anchoring element |
US5562661A (en) * | 1995-03-16 | 1996-10-08 | Alphatec Manufacturing Incorporated | Top tightening bone fixation apparatus |
US5591166A (en) | 1995-03-27 | 1997-01-07 | Smith & Nephew Richards, Inc. | Multi angle bone bolt |
DE19511268A1 (en) | 1995-03-27 | 1996-10-02 | Johannes Franz Dr Med Hoenig | Osteosynthesis plate for bone stabilising e.g. post-tumour resection etc. |
US5688272A (en) | 1995-03-30 | 1997-11-18 | Danek Medical, Inc. | Top-tightening transverse connector for a spinal fixation system |
US5716355A (en) | 1995-04-10 | 1998-02-10 | Sofamor Danek Group, Inc. | Transverse connection for spinal rods |
US5545167A (en) | 1995-04-11 | 1996-08-13 | Lin; Chih-I | Retaining mechanism of vertebral fixation rod |
US5630816A (en) | 1995-05-01 | 1997-05-20 | Kambin; Parviz | Double barrel spinal fixation system and method |
FR2734147B1 (en) | 1995-05-19 | 1997-10-10 | Klein Jean Michel | IMPLANTABLE OSTEOSYNTHESIS DEVICE |
JP3689146B2 (en) | 1995-05-30 | 2005-08-31 | ペンタックス株式会社 | Elements for screw fixation to bone |
ATE251423T1 (en) | 1995-06-06 | 2003-10-15 | Sdgi Holdings Inc | DEVICE FOR CONNECTING ADJACENT SPINAL SUPPORT RODS |
US5683391A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1997-11-04 | Danek Medical, Inc. | Anterior spinal instrumentation and method for implantation and revision |
US5676665A (en) | 1995-06-23 | 1997-10-14 | Bryan; Donald W. | Spinal fixation apparatus and method |
US5609593A (en) | 1995-07-13 | 1997-03-11 | Fastenetix, Llc | Advanced polyaxial locking hook and coupling element device for use with top loading rod fixation devices |
US5702392A (en) | 1995-09-25 | 1997-12-30 | Wu; Shing-Sheng | Coupling plate for spinal correction and a correction device of using the same |
US6273914B1 (en) | 1995-09-28 | 2001-08-14 | Sparta, Inc. | Spinal implant |
US5683392A (en) | 1995-10-17 | 1997-11-04 | Wright Medical Technology, Inc. | Multi-planar locking mechanism for bone fixation |
US5697929A (en) | 1995-10-18 | 1997-12-16 | Cross Medical Products, Inc. | Self-limiting set screw for use with spinal implant systems |
US5693053A (en) | 1995-10-19 | 1997-12-02 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Variable angle and transitional linking member |
US5688273A (en) | 1995-10-23 | 1997-11-18 | Fastenetix, Llc. | Spinal implant apparatus having a single central rod and plow hooks |
US5690632A (en) | 1995-11-30 | 1997-11-25 | Schwartz; Paul Steven | Osteosynthesis screw fastener having angularly adjustable threads and methods of use therefor |
US5667507A (en) | 1995-12-04 | 1997-09-16 | Fastenetix, Llc | Compression locking variable length cross-link device for use with dual rod apparatus |
EP0873090A1 (en) | 1995-12-22 | 1998-10-28 | Ohio Medical Instrument Company, Inc. | Spinal fixation device with laterally attachable connectors |
US5669910A (en) | 1996-01-02 | 1997-09-23 | Pioneer Laboratories, Inc. | Crosslink for implantable rods |
FR2743712B1 (en) | 1996-01-19 | 1998-04-30 | Louis Rene | POSTERIOR VERTEBRAL OSTEOSYNTHESIS ANCHORING DEVICE |
US5690629A (en) | 1996-04-24 | 1997-11-25 | Acromed Corporation | Apparatus for maintaining vertebrae of a spinal column in a desired spatial relationship |
FR2748387B1 (en) * | 1996-05-13 | 1998-10-30 | Stryker France Sa | BONE FIXATION DEVICE, IN PARTICULAR TO THE SACRUM, IN OSTEOSYNTHESIS OF THE SPINE |
US5702399A (en) | 1996-05-16 | 1997-12-30 | Pioneer Laboratories, Inc. | Surgical cable screw connector |
US5713900A (en) | 1996-05-31 | 1998-02-03 | Acromed Corporation | Apparatus for retaining bone portions in a desired spatial relationship |
US5843082A (en) | 1996-05-31 | 1998-12-01 | Acromed Corporation | Cervical spine stabilization method and system |
US5879350A (en) | 1996-09-24 | 1999-03-09 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Multi-axial bone screw assembly |
US5885286A (en) | 1996-09-24 | 1999-03-23 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Multi-axial bone screw assembly |
US5797911A (en) | 1996-09-24 | 1998-08-25 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Multi-axial bone screw assembly |
US5735851A (en) | 1996-10-09 | 1998-04-07 | Third Millennium Engineering, Llc | Modular polyaxial locking pedicle screw |
US5800435A (en) | 1996-10-09 | 1998-09-01 | Techsys, Llc | Modular spinal plate for use with modular polyaxial locking pedicle screws |
US5725528A (en) | 1997-02-12 | 1998-03-10 | Third Millennium Engineering, Llc | Modular polyaxial locking pedicle screw |
US5863293A (en) | 1996-10-18 | 1999-01-26 | Spinal Innovations | Spinal implant fixation assembly |
US6171311B1 (en) | 1996-10-18 | 2001-01-09 | Marc Richelsoph | Transverse connector |
US5964760A (en) | 1996-10-18 | 1999-10-12 | Spinal Innovations | Spinal implant fixation assembly |
US6416515B1 (en) | 1996-10-24 | 2002-07-09 | Spinal Concepts, Inc. | Spinal fixation system |
US5728098A (en) | 1996-11-07 | 1998-03-17 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Multi-angle bone screw assembly using shape-memory technology |
US5720751A (en) | 1996-11-27 | 1998-02-24 | Jackson; Roger P. | Tools for use in seating spinal rods in open ended implants |
US5782833A (en) | 1996-12-20 | 1998-07-21 | Haider; Thomas T. | Pedicle screw system for osteosynthesis |
US5683393A (en) | 1996-12-23 | 1997-11-04 | Third Millennium Engineering, Llc | Bidirectional rod-hook locking mechanism |
US5776135A (en) | 1996-12-23 | 1998-07-07 | Third Millennium Engineering, Llc | Side mounted polyaxial pedicle screw |
US6001098A (en) | 1997-01-17 | 1999-12-14 | Howmedica Gmbh | Connecting element for spinal stabilizing system |
EP0954247B1 (en) | 1997-01-22 | 2005-11-23 | Synthes Ag Chur | Device for connecting a longitudinal bar to a pedicle screw |
US5713904A (en) | 1997-02-12 | 1998-02-03 | Third Millennium Engineering, Llc | Selectively expandable sacral fixation screw-sleeve device |
US5752957A (en) | 1997-02-12 | 1998-05-19 | Third Millennium Engineering, Llc | Polyaxial mechanism for use with orthopaedic implant devices |
US5733286A (en) | 1997-02-12 | 1998-03-31 | Third Millennium Engineering, Llc | Rod securing polyaxial locking screw and coupling element assembly |
DE69839051T2 (en) | 1997-03-07 | 2009-01-15 | Disc-O-Tech Medical Technologies, Ltd. | PERCUT BONE SYSTEMS AND SPINAL STABILIZATION, MOUNTING AND REPAIR |
FR2762986B1 (en) | 1997-05-07 | 1999-09-24 | Aesculap Jbs | OSTEOSYNTHESIS SYSTEM FOR VERTEBRAL ARTHRODESIS |
US5785711A (en) | 1997-05-15 | 1998-07-28 | Third Millennium Engineering, Llc | Polyaxial pedicle screw having a through bar clamp locking mechanism |
US6413257B1 (en) | 1997-05-15 | 2002-07-02 | Surgical Dynamics, Inc. | Clamping connector for spinal fixation systems |
US6783526B1 (en) | 1997-05-15 | 2004-08-31 | Howmedica Osteonics Corp. | Transverse rod connector clip |
US5810819A (en) | 1997-05-15 | 1998-09-22 | Spinal Concepts, Inc. | Polyaxial pedicle screw having a compression locking rod gripping mechanism |
US5989254A (en) | 1997-05-20 | 1999-11-23 | Katz; Akiva Raphael | Pedicle screw assembly |
IES77331B2 (en) | 1997-06-03 | 1997-12-03 | Tecos Holdings Inc | Pluridirectional and modulable vertebral osteosynthesis device of small overall size |
US5891145A (en) | 1997-07-14 | 1999-04-06 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Multi-axial screw |
US6454769B2 (en) * | 1997-08-04 | 2002-09-24 | Spinal Concepts, Inc. | System and method for stabilizing the human spine with a bone plate |
FR2770767B1 (en) | 1997-11-10 | 2000-03-10 | Dimso Sa | IMPLANT FOR VERTEBRA |
WO1999027864A2 (en) | 1997-11-29 | 1999-06-10 | Surgicraft Limited | Surgical implant and surgical fixing screw |
DE69721278T2 (en) | 1997-12-17 | 2004-02-05 | Robert Lange | Apparatus for stabilizing certain vertebrae of the spine |
US5980523A (en) | 1998-01-08 | 1999-11-09 | Jackson; Roger | Transverse connectors for spinal rods |
EP0933065A1 (en) | 1998-02-02 | 1999-08-04 | Sulzer Orthopädie AG | Pivotable attachment system for a bone screw |
FR2774581B1 (en) | 1998-02-10 | 2000-08-11 | Dimso Sa | INTEREPINOUS STABILIZER TO BE ATTACHED TO SPINOUS APOPHYSIS OF TWO VERTEBRES |
US6010503A (en) | 1998-04-03 | 2000-01-04 | Spinal Innovations, Llc | Locking mechanism |
AU759236B2 (en) | 1998-04-29 | 2003-04-10 | Stryker Spine | Backbone osteosynthesis system with clamping means in particular for anterior fixing |
FR2778089B1 (en) | 1998-04-30 | 2000-07-21 | Dimso Sa | SPINAL OSTEOSYNTHESIS SYSTEM WITH FLANGE AND LATCH |
DE29808593U1 (en) | 1998-05-13 | 1999-09-23 | Howmedica GmbH, 24232 Schönkirchen | Device for connecting two spaced longitudinal rods of a spinal implant |
US6113601A (en) | 1998-06-12 | 2000-09-05 | Bones Consulting, Llc | Polyaxial pedicle screw having a loosely coupled locking cap |
US6090111A (en) | 1998-06-17 | 2000-07-18 | Surgical Dynamics, Inc. | Device for securing spinal rods |
US5989251A (en) | 1998-06-17 | 1999-11-23 | Surgical Dynamics, Inc. | Apparatus for spinal stabilization |
US6565565B1 (en) | 1998-06-17 | 2003-05-20 | Howmedica Osteonics Corp. | Device for securing spinal rods |
FR2781663B1 (en) | 1998-07-30 | 2000-10-13 | Materiel Orthopedique En Abreg | SPINAL OSTEOSYNTHESIS DEVICE |
US6231575B1 (en) | 1998-08-27 | 2001-05-15 | Martin H. Krag | Spinal column retainer |
FR2783411B1 (en) | 1998-09-18 | 2000-12-01 | Eurosurgical | POSTERIOR SPINAL OSTEOSYNTHESIS DEVICE |
US5899904A (en) | 1998-10-19 | 1999-05-04 | Third Milennium Engineering, Llc | Compression locking vertebral body screw, staple, and rod assembly |
US5947969A (en) | 1998-10-19 | 1999-09-07 | Third Millennium Engineering, Llc | Rotatable locking vertebral body screw, staple and rod assembly |
US5925047A (en) | 1998-10-19 | 1999-07-20 | Third Millennium Engineering, Llc | Coupled rod, anterior vertebral body screw, and staple assembly |
US5910142A (en) | 1998-10-19 | 1999-06-08 | Bones Consulting, Llc | Polyaxial pedicle screw having a rod clamping split ferrule coupling element |
US6193720B1 (en) | 1998-11-30 | 2001-02-27 | Depuy Orthopaedics, Inc. | Cervical spine stabilization method and system |
US6033410A (en) | 1999-01-04 | 2000-03-07 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Orthopaedic instrumentation |
US6050997A (en) | 1999-01-25 | 2000-04-18 | Mullane; Thomas S. | Spinal fixation system |
KR100324698B1 (en) | 1999-01-30 | 2002-02-27 | 구자교 | Spine fixing device |
US6302888B1 (en) | 1999-03-19 | 2001-10-16 | Interpore Cross International | Locking dovetail and self-limiting set screw assembly for a spinal stabilization member |
WO2000057801A1 (en) | 1999-03-30 | 2000-10-05 | Surgical Dynamics, Inc. | Apparatus for spinal stabilization |
US6183473B1 (en) | 1999-04-21 | 2001-02-06 | Richard B Ashman | Variable angle connection assembly for a spinal implant system |
US6210413B1 (en) | 1999-04-23 | 2001-04-03 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Connecting apparatus using shape-memory technology |
US6299613B1 (en) | 1999-04-23 | 2001-10-09 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Method for the correction of spinal deformities through vertebral body tethering without fusion |
US6273888B1 (en) | 1999-05-28 | 2001-08-14 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Device and method for selectively preventing the locking of a shape-memory alloy coupling system |
US6254602B1 (en) | 1999-05-28 | 2001-07-03 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Advanced coupling device using shape-memory technology |
US6547789B1 (en) | 1999-07-02 | 2003-04-15 | Sulzer Orthopedics Ltd. | Holding apparatus for the spinal column |
FR2796546B1 (en) | 1999-07-23 | 2001-11-30 | Eurosurgical | POLYAXIAL CONNECTOR FOR SPINAL IMPLANT |
DE19936286C2 (en) | 1999-08-02 | 2002-01-17 | Lutz Biedermann | bone screw |
EP1204382B2 (en) | 1999-08-14 | 2006-09-27 | Aesculap AG & Co. KG | Bone screw |
US7220281B2 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2007-05-22 | Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. | Implant for reinforcing and annulus fibrosis |
US7553329B2 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2009-06-30 | Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. | Stabilized intervertebral disc barrier |
US6280442B1 (en) | 1999-09-01 | 2001-08-28 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Multi-axial bone screw assembly |
DE19944120B4 (en) | 1999-09-15 | 2008-08-28 | Ulrich Gmbh & Co. Kg | Bone screw for variable angle connection with a side member |
CA2423973A1 (en) | 1999-09-27 | 2001-04-05 | Blackstone Medical, Inc. | A surgical screw system and related methods |
US6554834B1 (en) | 1999-10-07 | 2003-04-29 | Stryker Spine | Slotted head pedicle screw assembly |
US6217578B1 (en) | 1999-10-19 | 2001-04-17 | Stryker Spine S.A. | Spinal cross connector |
US6592625B2 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2003-07-15 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Spinal disc annulus reconstruction method and spinal disc annulus stent |
US8187303B2 (en) | 2004-04-22 | 2012-05-29 | Gmedelaware 2 Llc | Anti-rotation fixation element for spinal prostheses |
US6811567B2 (en) | 1999-10-22 | 2004-11-02 | Archus Orthopedics Inc. | Facet arthroplasty devices and methods |
US7674293B2 (en) | 2004-04-22 | 2010-03-09 | Facet Solutions, Inc. | Crossbar spinal prosthesis having a modular design and related implantation methods |
ATE467400T1 (en) | 1999-10-22 | 2010-05-15 | Fsi Acquisition Sub Llc | FACET ARTHROPLASTY DEVICES |
US20050261770A1 (en) | 2004-04-22 | 2005-11-24 | Kuiper Mark K | Crossbar spinal prosthesis having a modular design and related implantation methods |
DE10005385A1 (en) | 2000-02-07 | 2001-08-09 | Ulrich Gmbh & Co Kg | Pedicle screw |
US7547324B2 (en) | 2000-02-16 | 2009-06-16 | Trans1, Inc. | Spinal mobility preservation apparatus having an expandable membrane |
US6248106B1 (en) | 2000-02-25 | 2001-06-19 | Bret Ferree | Cross-coupled vertebral stabilizers |
US6293949B1 (en) | 2000-03-01 | 2001-09-25 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Superelastic spinal stabilization system and method |
KR200200582Y1 (en) | 2000-03-15 | 2000-10-16 | 최길운 | Prosthesis for connecting bone |
US6309391B1 (en) | 2000-03-15 | 2001-10-30 | Sdgi Holding, Inc. | Multidirectional pivoting bone screw and fixation system |
US6565566B1 (en) | 2000-03-22 | 2003-05-20 | Spinal Concepts, Inc. | Sacral screw assembly and method |
US6805695B2 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2004-10-19 | Spinalabs, Llc | Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs |
JP2001309923A (en) | 2000-04-28 | 2001-11-06 | Robert Reed Shokai Co Ltd | System supporting spinal rod and connection parts to be used therefor |
US6645207B2 (en) | 2000-05-08 | 2003-11-11 | Robert A. Dixon | Method and apparatus for dynamized spinal stabilization |
US6749614B2 (en) | 2000-06-23 | 2004-06-15 | Vertelink Corporation | Formable orthopedic fixation system with cross linking |
US6482207B1 (en) | 2000-07-13 | 2002-11-19 | Fastenetix, Llc | Efficient assembling modular locking pedicle screw |
EP1174092A3 (en) | 2000-07-22 | 2003-03-26 | Corin Spinal Systems Limited | A pedicle attachment assembly |
FR2812185B1 (en) | 2000-07-25 | 2003-02-28 | Spine Next Sa | SEMI-RIGID CONNECTION PIECE FOR RACHIS STABILIZATION |
US6626905B1 (en) | 2000-08-02 | 2003-09-30 | Sulzer Spine-Tech Inc. | Posterior oblique lumbar arthrodesis |
US6458131B1 (en) | 2000-08-07 | 2002-10-01 | Salut, Ltd. | Apparatus and method for reducing spinal deformity |
US7833250B2 (en) | 2004-11-10 | 2010-11-16 | Jackson Roger P | Polyaxial bone screw with helically wound capture connection |
US20060025771A1 (en) | 2000-08-23 | 2006-02-02 | Jackson Roger P | Helical reverse angle guide and advancement structure with break-off extensions |
US6554831B1 (en) | 2000-09-01 | 2003-04-29 | Hopital Sainte-Justine | Mobile dynamic system for treating spinal disorder |
US6485491B1 (en) | 2000-09-15 | 2002-11-26 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Posterior fixation system |
US6620164B2 (en) | 2000-09-22 | 2003-09-16 | Showa Ika Kohgyo Co., Ltd. | Rod for cervical vertebra and connecting system thereof |
US6755829B1 (en) | 2000-09-22 | 2004-06-29 | Depuy Acromed, Inc. | Lock cap anchor assembly for orthopaedic fixation |
US6695845B2 (en) | 2000-10-16 | 2004-02-24 | Robert A Dixon | Method and apparatus utilizing interference fit screw shanks for nonmetallic spinal stabilization |
US6520962B1 (en) | 2000-10-23 | 2003-02-18 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Taper-locked adjustable connector |
DE10055888C1 (en) | 2000-11-10 | 2002-04-25 | Biedermann Motech Gmbh | Bone screw, has connector rod receiving part with unsymmetrically arranged end bores |
US6656181B2 (en) | 2000-11-22 | 2003-12-02 | Robert A Dixon | Method and device utilizing tapered screw shanks for spinal stabilization |
US6726689B2 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2004-04-27 | Roger P. Jackson | Helical interlocking mating guide and advancement structure |
US6565605B2 (en) | 2000-12-13 | 2003-05-20 | Medicinelodge, Inc. | Multiple facet joint replacement |
JP4471491B2 (en) | 2000-12-27 | 2010-06-02 | 京セラ株式会社 | Spine correction and fixation device |
DE50100793D1 (en) | 2000-12-27 | 2003-11-20 | Biedermann Motech Gmbh | Screw for connecting to a rod |
US6488681B2 (en) | 2001-01-05 | 2002-12-03 | Stryker Spine S.A. | Pedicle screw assembly |
CA2434455A1 (en) | 2001-01-12 | 2002-07-18 | Depuy Acromed, Inc. | Polyaxial screw with improved locking |
US6451021B1 (en) | 2001-02-15 | 2002-09-17 | Third Millennium Engineering, Llc | Polyaxial pedicle screw having a rotating locking element |
DE10108965B4 (en) | 2001-02-17 | 2006-02-23 | DePuy Spine Sàrl | bone screw |
US7104991B2 (en) | 2001-02-27 | 2006-09-12 | Robert A Dixon | Method and device for using extended interference fit screw shanks for spinal stabilization |
US6827743B2 (en) | 2001-02-28 | 2004-12-07 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Woven orthopedic implants |
US6652585B2 (en) | 2001-02-28 | 2003-11-25 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Flexible spine stabilization system |
US7090698B2 (en) | 2001-03-02 | 2006-08-15 | Facet Solutions | Method and apparatus for spine joint replacement |
US7344539B2 (en) | 2001-03-30 | 2008-03-18 | Depuy Acromed, Inc. | Intervertebral connection system |
DE10116412C1 (en) | 2001-04-02 | 2003-01-16 | Ulrich Gmbh & Co Kg | Implant to be inserted between the vertebral body of the spine |
US6554832B2 (en) | 2001-04-02 | 2003-04-29 | Endius Incorporated | Polyaxial transverse connector |
ATE306855T1 (en) | 2001-04-24 | 2005-11-15 | Co Ligne Ag | INSTRUMENTS FOR STABILIZING CERTAIN VERTEBRATES OF THE SPINE |
TW524094U (en) | 2001-05-02 | 2003-03-11 | Jung-Chiuan Ye | Retaining and recovering apparatus for spines |
US7862587B2 (en) | 2004-02-27 | 2011-01-04 | Jackson Roger P | Dynamic stabilization assemblies, tool set and method |
US6478797B1 (en) | 2001-05-16 | 2002-11-12 | Kamaljit S. Paul | Spinal fixation device |
US6475219B1 (en) | 2001-06-07 | 2002-11-05 | Alexis P. Shelokov | Anterior vertebral protection method and device |
US20030004511A1 (en) | 2001-06-27 | 2003-01-02 | Ferree Bret A. | Polyaxial pedicle screw system |
FR2827498B1 (en) | 2001-07-18 | 2004-05-14 | Frederic Fortin | FLEXIBLE VERTEBRAL CONNECTION DEVICE CONSISTING OF PALLIANT ELEMENTS OF THE RACHIS |
FR2827499B1 (en) | 2001-07-20 | 2004-05-07 | Henry Graf | INTERVERTEBRAL LINK DEVICE |
JP4755782B2 (en) | 2001-08-01 | 2011-08-24 | 昭和医科工業株式会社 | Bone implant implant |
FR2829014B1 (en) | 2001-09-03 | 2005-04-08 | Stryker Spine | SPINAL OSTEOSYNTHESIS SYSTEM COMPRISING A SUPPORT SKATE |
US6899714B2 (en) | 2001-10-03 | 2005-05-31 | Vaughan Medical Technologies, Inc. | Vertebral stabilization assembly and method |
US6652526B1 (en) | 2001-10-05 | 2003-11-25 | Ruben P. Arafiles | Spinal stabilization rod fastener |
GB2382304A (en) | 2001-10-10 | 2003-05-28 | Dilip Kumar Sengupta | An assembly for soft stabilisation of vertebral bodies of the spine |
US6623485B2 (en) | 2001-10-17 | 2003-09-23 | Hammill Manufacturing Company | Split ring bone screw for a spinal fixation system |
US6887242B2 (en) | 2001-10-17 | 2005-05-03 | Ortho Innovations, Llc | Split ring bone screw for a spinal fixation system |
US6783527B2 (en) | 2001-10-30 | 2004-08-31 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Flexible spinal stabilization system and method |
FR2832620B1 (en) | 2001-11-27 | 2004-01-23 | Eurosurgical | CONNECTOR FOR VERTEBRAL ANCHORAGE SYSTEM |
US6572653B1 (en) | 2001-12-07 | 2003-06-03 | Rush E. Simonson | Vertebral implant adapted for posterior insertion |
FR2833151B1 (en) | 2001-12-12 | 2004-09-17 | Ldr Medical | BONE ANCHORING IMPLANT WITH POLYAXIAL HEAD |
FR2835173B1 (en) | 2002-01-28 | 2004-11-05 | Biomet Merck France | INTERTEPINEOUS VERTEBRAL IMPLANT |
US6932817B2 (en) | 2002-02-01 | 2005-08-23 | Innovative Spinal Design | Polyaxial modular skeletal hook |
US7335201B2 (en) | 2003-09-26 | 2008-02-26 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Polyaxial bone screw with torqueless fastening |
US7678136B2 (en) | 2002-02-04 | 2010-03-16 | Spinal, Llc | Spinal fixation assembly |
US7163538B2 (en) * | 2002-02-13 | 2007-01-16 | Cross Medical Products, Inc. | Posterior rod system |
FR2836368B1 (en) | 2002-02-25 | 2005-01-14 | Spine Next Sa | SEQUENTIAL LINK DEVICE |
DE10213855A1 (en) | 2002-03-27 | 2003-10-16 | Biedermann Motech Gmbh | Bone anchoring device for stabilizing bone segments and receiving part of a bone anchoring device |
US7530992B2 (en) | 2002-03-27 | 2009-05-12 | Biedermann Motech Gmbh | Bone anchoring device for stabilising bone segments and seat part of a bone anchoring device |
US6966910B2 (en) | 2002-04-05 | 2005-11-22 | Stephen Ritland | Dynamic fixation device and method of use |
WO2003086204A2 (en) | 2002-04-09 | 2003-10-23 | Neville Alleyne | Bone fixation apparatus |
US6740086B2 (en) | 2002-04-18 | 2004-05-25 | Spinal Innovations, Llc | Screw and rod fixation assembly and device |
US7048736B2 (en) | 2002-05-17 | 2006-05-23 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Device for fixation of spinous processes |
DE20207851U1 (en) | 2002-05-21 | 2002-10-10 | Metz-Stavenhagen, Peter, Dr.med., 34537 Bad Wildungen | Anchoring element for fastening a rod of a device for setting up a human or animal spine to a vertebral bone |
WO2003099148A2 (en) | 2002-05-21 | 2003-12-04 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Vertebrae bone anchor and cable for coupling it to a rod |
DE50300788D1 (en) | 2002-05-21 | 2005-08-25 | Spinelab Gmbh Wabern | Elastic stabilization system for spinal columns |
AU2003237517A1 (en) | 2002-06-07 | 2003-12-22 | Frank H. Boehm Jr. | Cervical spine stabilizing system and method |
US7060066B2 (en) | 2002-06-28 | 2006-06-13 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Spinal fixation support device and methods of using |
FR2842093B1 (en) | 2002-07-12 | 2005-04-15 | Scient X | BONE ANCHORING DEVICE WITH SPHERICAL JOINT |
US20040015166A1 (en) | 2002-07-22 | 2004-01-22 | Gorek Josef E. | System and method for stabilizing the spine by securing spine stabilization rods in crossed disposition |
FR2842724B1 (en) | 2002-07-23 | 2005-05-27 | Spine Next Sa | VERTEBRAL FASTENING SYSTEM |
US7107091B2 (en) | 2002-07-25 | 2006-09-12 | Orthosoft Inc. | Multiple bone tracking |
DE10236691B4 (en) | 2002-08-09 | 2005-12-01 | Biedermann Motech Gmbh | Dynamic stabilization device for bones, in particular for vertebrae |
US7306603B2 (en) | 2002-08-21 | 2007-12-11 | Innovative Spinal Technologies | Device and method for percutaneous placement of lumbar pedicle screws and connecting rods |
US20040049285A1 (en) | 2002-09-09 | 2004-03-11 | Brian Haas | Duo-fixation prosthetic joints |
FR2844180B1 (en) | 2002-09-11 | 2005-08-05 | Spinevision | CONNECTING ELEMENT FOR THE DYNAMIC STABILIZATION OF A SPINAL FIXING SYSTEM AND SPINAL FASTENING SYSTEM COMPRISING SUCH A MEMBER |
JP4047112B2 (en) | 2002-09-12 | 2008-02-13 | 昭和医科工業株式会社 | Rod part fixing structure of vertebra connecting member |
FR2845587B1 (en) | 2002-10-14 | 2005-01-21 | Scient X | DYNAMIC DEVICE FOR INTERVERTEBRAL CONNECTION WITH MULTIDIRECTIONALLY CONTROLLED DEBATMENT |
US9539012B2 (en) | 2002-10-30 | 2017-01-10 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Spinal stabilization systems with quick-connect sleeve assemblies for use in surgical procedures |
US20060095035A1 (en) | 2004-11-03 | 2006-05-04 | Jones Robert J | Instruments and methods for reduction of vertebral bodies |
US20040147928A1 (en) | 2002-10-30 | 2004-07-29 | Landry Michael E. | Spinal stabilization system using flexible members |
WO2004041100A1 (en) | 2002-10-30 | 2004-05-21 | Spinal Concepts, Inc. | Spinal stabilization system insertion and methods |
FR2847152B1 (en) | 2002-11-19 | 2005-02-18 | Eurosurgical | VERTEBRAL ANCHORING DEVICE AND ITS LOCKING DEVICE ON A POLY AXIAL SCREW |
US20040111088A1 (en) | 2002-12-06 | 2004-06-10 | Picetti George D. | Multi-rod bone attachment member |
FR2848408B1 (en) | 2002-12-17 | 2005-08-19 | Vitatech | DEVICE WITH ANTERIOR PLATE FOR MAINTAINING THE RACHIS |
US7101398B2 (en) | 2002-12-31 | 2006-09-05 | Depuy Acromed, Inc. | Prosthetic facet joint ligament |
US6843791B2 (en) | 2003-01-10 | 2005-01-18 | Depuy Acromed, Inc. | Locking cap assembly for spinal fixation instrumentation |
US7104992B2 (en) | 2003-01-14 | 2006-09-12 | Ebi, L.P. | Spinal fixation system |
US20040158247A1 (en) | 2003-02-07 | 2004-08-12 | Arthit Sitiso | Polyaxial pedicle screw system |
US7282064B2 (en) | 2003-02-11 | 2007-10-16 | Spinefrontier Lls | Apparatus and method for connecting spinal vertebrae |
US20040162560A1 (en) | 2003-02-19 | 2004-08-19 | Raynor Donald E. | Implant device including threaded locking mechanism |
EP1596738A4 (en) | 2003-02-25 | 2010-01-20 | Stephen Ritland | Adjustable rod and connector device and method of use |
IL155222A0 (en) | 2003-04-03 | 2003-11-23 | Hadasit Med Res Service | An implant for treating idiopathic scoliosis and a method for using the same |
US20060200128A1 (en) | 2003-04-04 | 2006-09-07 | Richard Mueller | Bone anchor |
US6716214B1 (en) | 2003-06-18 | 2004-04-06 | Roger P. Jackson | Polyaxial bone screw with spline capture connection |
US6964666B2 (en) | 2003-04-09 | 2005-11-15 | Jackson Roger P | Polyaxial bone screw locking mechanism |
US7473267B2 (en) | 2003-04-25 | 2009-01-06 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | System and method for minimally invasive posterior fixation |
US7615068B2 (en) | 2003-05-02 | 2009-11-10 | Applied Spine Technologies, Inc. | Mounting mechanisms for pedicle screws and related assemblies |
US20050182401A1 (en) | 2003-05-02 | 2005-08-18 | Timm Jens P. | Systems and methods for spine stabilization including a dynamic junction |
US7029475B2 (en) | 2003-05-02 | 2006-04-18 | Yale University | Spinal stabilization method |
US20050177164A1 (en) | 2003-05-02 | 2005-08-11 | Carmen Walters | Pedicle screw devices, systems and methods having a preloaded set screw |
US7713287B2 (en) | 2003-05-02 | 2010-05-11 | Applied Spine Technologies, Inc. | Dynamic spine stabilizer |
US20050182400A1 (en) | 2003-05-02 | 2005-08-18 | Jeffrey White | Spine stabilization systems, devices and methods |
US8652175B2 (en) | 2003-05-02 | 2014-02-18 | Rachiotek, Llc | Surgical implant devices and systems including a sheath member |
US20050171543A1 (en) * | 2003-05-02 | 2005-08-04 | Timm Jens P. | Spine stabilization systems and associated devices, assemblies and methods |
WO2004098453A2 (en) | 2003-05-06 | 2004-11-18 | Triage Medical, Inc. | Proximal anchors for bone fixation system |
DE10320417A1 (en) | 2003-05-07 | 2004-12-02 | Biedermann Motech Gmbh | Dynamic anchoring device and dynamic stabilization device for bones, in particular for vertebrae, with such an anchoring device |
US20040230304A1 (en) | 2003-05-14 | 2004-11-18 | Archus Orthopedics Inc. | Prostheses, tools and methods for replacement of natural facet joints with artifical facet joint surfaces |
US7377923B2 (en) | 2003-05-22 | 2008-05-27 | Alphatec Spine, Inc. | Variable angle spinal screw assembly |
US6986771B2 (en) | 2003-05-23 | 2006-01-17 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Spine stabilization system |
FR2855392B1 (en) | 2003-05-28 | 2005-08-05 | Spinevision | CONNECTION DEVICE FOR SPINAL OSTESYNTHESIS |
US7270665B2 (en) | 2003-06-11 | 2007-09-18 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Variable offset spinal fixation system |
US8137386B2 (en) | 2003-08-28 | 2012-03-20 | Jackson Roger P | Polyaxial bone screw apparatus |
US8366753B2 (en) | 2003-06-18 | 2013-02-05 | Jackson Roger P | Polyaxial bone screw assembly with fixed retaining structure |
US7087057B2 (en) | 2003-06-27 | 2006-08-08 | Depuy Acromed, Inc. | Polyaxial bone screw |
US7309355B2 (en) | 2003-06-27 | 2007-12-18 | Depuy Mitek, Inc. | Flexible tibial sheath |
EP1653873B1 (en) | 2003-06-27 | 2011-06-08 | Médicréa Technologies | Vertebral osteosynthesis equipment |
US6945974B2 (en) | 2003-07-07 | 2005-09-20 | Aesculap Inc. | Spinal stabilization implant and method of application |
US7815665B2 (en) | 2003-09-24 | 2010-10-19 | N Spine, Inc. | Adjustable spinal stabilization system |
US7875060B2 (en) | 2003-09-24 | 2011-01-25 | Spinefrontier, LLS | Multi-axial screw with a spherical landing |
US7763052B2 (en) | 2003-12-05 | 2010-07-27 | N Spine, Inc. | Method and apparatus for flexible fixation of a spine |
US20050065516A1 (en) | 2003-09-24 | 2005-03-24 | Tae-Ahn Jahng | Method and apparatus for flexible fixation of a spine |
US20050203513A1 (en) | 2003-09-24 | 2005-09-15 | Tae-Ahn Jahng | Spinal stabilization device |
US8979900B2 (en) | 2003-09-24 | 2015-03-17 | DePuy Synthes Products, LLC | Spinal stabilization device |
FR2860138A1 (en) | 2003-09-26 | 2005-04-01 | Stryker Spine | ASSEMBLY AND METHOD OF FIXING BONES |
US20050090822A1 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2005-04-28 | Dipoto Gene | Methods and apparatus for stabilizing the spine through an access device |
US20050113923A1 (en) | 2003-10-03 | 2005-05-26 | David Acker | Prosthetic spinal disc nucleus |
US20050080415A1 (en) | 2003-10-14 | 2005-04-14 | Keyer Thomas R. | Polyaxial bone anchor and method of spinal fixation |
US7967826B2 (en) | 2003-10-21 | 2011-06-28 | Theken Spine, Llc | Connector transfer tool for internal structure stabilization systems |
US7905907B2 (en) | 2003-10-21 | 2011-03-15 | Theken Spine, Llc | Internal structure stabilization system for spanning three or more structures |
US7588588B2 (en) | 2003-10-21 | 2009-09-15 | Innovative Spinal Technologies | System and method for stabilizing of internal structures |
ATE333841T1 (en) | 2003-10-31 | 2006-08-15 | Spinelab Ag | LOCKING DEVICE FOR PEDICLE SCREWS FOR FIXING ELASTIC ROD ELEMENTS |
US20050096652A1 (en) | 2003-10-31 | 2005-05-05 | Burton Charles V. | Integral flexible spine stabilization device and method |
ATE363250T1 (en) | 2003-11-07 | 2007-06-15 | Impliant Ltd | SPINAL PROSTHESIS |
US7083622B2 (en) | 2003-11-10 | 2006-08-01 | Simonson Peter M | Artificial facet joint and method |
US7862586B2 (en) * | 2003-11-25 | 2011-01-04 | Life Spine, Inc. | Spinal stabilization systems |
US7553320B2 (en) | 2003-12-10 | 2009-06-30 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Method and apparatus for replacing the function of facet joints |
US20050131406A1 (en) | 2003-12-15 | 2005-06-16 | Archus Orthopedics, Inc. | Polyaxial adjustment of facet joint prostheses |
US7806914B2 (en) | 2003-12-31 | 2010-10-05 | Spine Wave, Inc. | Dynamic spinal stabilization system |
US20050143737A1 (en) | 2003-12-31 | 2005-06-30 | John Pafford | Dynamic spinal stabilization system |
US7678137B2 (en) | 2004-01-13 | 2010-03-16 | Life Spine, Inc. | Pedicle screw constructs for spine fixation systems |
US7815664B2 (en) | 2005-01-04 | 2010-10-19 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Systems and methods for spinal stabilization with flexible elements |
US8562649B2 (en) | 2004-02-17 | 2013-10-22 | Gmedelaware 2 Llc | System and method for multiple level facet joint arthroplasty and fusion |
US7819902B2 (en) | 2004-02-27 | 2010-10-26 | Custom Spine, Inc. | Medialised rod pedicle screw assembly |
US7862594B2 (en) | 2004-02-27 | 2011-01-04 | Custom Spine, Inc. | Polyaxial pedicle screw assembly |
US7789896B2 (en) | 2005-02-22 | 2010-09-07 | Jackson Roger P | Polyaxial bone screw assembly |
US8152810B2 (en) | 2004-11-23 | 2012-04-10 | Jackson Roger P | Spinal fixation tool set and method |
DE102004010844A1 (en) | 2004-03-05 | 2005-10-06 | Biedermann Motech Gmbh | Stabilizing device for the dynamic stabilization of vertebrae or bones and rod-shaped element for such a stabilization device |
US7214227B2 (en) | 2004-03-22 | 2007-05-08 | Innovative Spinal Technologies | Closure member for a medical implant device |
US7717939B2 (en) | 2004-03-31 | 2010-05-18 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Rod attachment for head to head cross connector |
US7503924B2 (en) | 2004-04-08 | 2009-03-17 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Polyaxial screw |
US8475495B2 (en) | 2004-04-08 | 2013-07-02 | Globus Medical | Polyaxial screw |
US20050228382A1 (en) | 2004-04-12 | 2005-10-13 | Marc Richelsoph | Screw and rod fixation assembly and device |
US7811311B2 (en) | 2004-12-30 | 2010-10-12 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Screw with deployable interlaced dual rods |
US7833256B2 (en) | 2004-04-16 | 2010-11-16 | Biedermann Motech Gmbh | Elastic element for the use in a stabilization device for bones and vertebrae and method for the manufacture of such elastic element |
US7648520B2 (en) | 2004-04-16 | 2010-01-19 | Kyphon Sarl | Pedicle screw assembly |
US7051451B2 (en) | 2004-04-22 | 2006-05-30 | Archus Orthopedics, Inc. | Facet joint prosthesis measurement and implant tools |
US20050267470A1 (en) | 2004-05-13 | 2005-12-01 | Mcbride Duncan Q | Spinal stabilization system to flexibly connect vertebrae |
FR2870711B1 (en) | 2004-05-26 | 2006-09-01 | Sdgi Holdings Inc | DEVICE FOR CONNECTING THE ROD OF A SPINAL OSTEOSYNTHESIS DEVICE TO A VERTEBRA, AND A OSTEOSYNTHESIS DEVICE COMPRISING SAME |
US8858599B2 (en) | 2004-06-09 | 2014-10-14 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Systems and methods for flexible spinal stabilization |
US7559943B2 (en) | 2004-06-09 | 2009-07-14 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Spinal fixation device with internal drive structure |
US7744635B2 (en) * | 2004-06-09 | 2010-06-29 | Spinal Generations, Llc | Spinal fixation system |
US7935135B2 (en) | 2004-06-09 | 2011-05-03 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Spinal fixation device |
US7857834B2 (en) | 2004-06-14 | 2010-12-28 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Spinal implant fixation assembly |
US7731736B2 (en) | 2004-06-14 | 2010-06-08 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Fastening system for spinal stabilization system |
ZA200700451B (en) | 2004-06-23 | 2008-10-29 | Applied Spine Technologies Inc | Systems and methods for spine stabilization |
US7871413B2 (en) | 2004-07-21 | 2011-01-18 | Solco Biomedical Co., Ltd. | Pedicle screw and operating device thereof |
WO2006017641A2 (en) | 2004-08-03 | 2006-02-16 | Vertech Innovations, L.L.C. | Spinous process reinforcement device and method |
US20060036324A1 (en) | 2004-08-03 | 2006-02-16 | Dan Sachs | Adjustable spinal implant device and method |
US7854752B2 (en) | 2004-08-09 | 2010-12-21 | Theken Spine, Llc | System and method for dynamic skeletal stabilization |
WO2006020530A2 (en) | 2004-08-09 | 2006-02-23 | Innovative Spinal Technologies | System and method for dynamic skeletal stabilization |
US7766945B2 (en) | 2004-08-10 | 2010-08-03 | Lanx, Inc. | Screw and rod fixation system |
WO2006016371A2 (en) | 2004-08-13 | 2006-02-16 | Mazor Surgical Technologies Ltd | Minimally invasive spinal fusion |
US20060052784A1 (en) | 2004-08-17 | 2006-03-09 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Polyaxial device for spine stabilization during osteosynthesis |
US20060052783A1 (en) | 2004-08-17 | 2006-03-09 | Dant Jack A | Polyaxial device for spine stabilization during osteosynthesis |
US20060052786A1 (en) * | 2004-08-17 | 2006-03-09 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Polyaxial device for spine stabilization during osteosynthesis |
US20060058787A1 (en) | 2004-08-24 | 2006-03-16 | Stryker Spine | Spinal implant assembly |
US20060058788A1 (en) | 2004-08-27 | 2006-03-16 | Hammer Michael A | Multi-axial connection system |
US8801318B2 (en) * | 2004-09-03 | 2014-08-12 | Oshkosh Corporation | Joint |
WO2006033503A1 (en) | 2004-09-22 | 2006-03-30 | Kyung-Woo Park | Bio-flexible spinal fixation apparatus with shape memory alloy |
US8092496B2 (en) | 2004-09-30 | 2012-01-10 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Methods and devices for posterior stabilization |
US20060084978A1 (en) | 2004-09-30 | 2006-04-20 | Mokhtar Mourad B | Spinal fixation system and method |
US20060129148A1 (en) | 2004-10-01 | 2006-06-15 | Simmons Edward D | Screw sleeve made of polyetheretherketone (PEEK) for augmentation of bone screw insertion in osteoporotic or revision lumbar spine instrumentation |
US7722654B2 (en) | 2004-10-05 | 2010-05-25 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Spinal implants with multi-axial anchor assembly and methods |
US7794477B2 (en) | 2004-10-05 | 2010-09-14 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Spinal implants and methods with extended multi-axial anchor assemblies |
US7572280B2 (en) | 2004-10-05 | 2009-08-11 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Multi-axial anchor assemblies for spinal implants and methods |
US8317864B2 (en) | 2004-10-20 | 2012-11-27 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Systems and methods for posterior dynamic stabilization of the spine |
US8167944B2 (en) | 2004-10-20 | 2012-05-01 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Systems and methods for posterior dynamic stabilization of the spine |
US9023084B2 (en) | 2004-10-20 | 2015-05-05 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Systems and methods for stabilizing the motion or adjusting the position of the spine |
US8409282B2 (en) | 2004-10-20 | 2013-04-02 | Vertiflex, Inc. | Systems and methods for posterior dynamic stabilization of the spine |
US8012207B2 (en) | 2004-10-20 | 2011-09-06 | Vertiflex, Inc. | Systems and methods for posterior dynamic stabilization of the spine |
US8123807B2 (en) | 2004-10-20 | 2012-02-28 | Vertiflex, Inc. | Systems and methods for posterior dynamic stabilization of the spine |
US20080262554A1 (en) | 2004-10-20 | 2008-10-23 | Stanley Kyle Hayes | Dyanamic rod |
US8162985B2 (en) | 2004-10-20 | 2012-04-24 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Systems and methods for posterior dynamic stabilization of the spine |
WO2006047707A2 (en) | 2004-10-25 | 2006-05-04 | Alphaspine, Inc. | Pedicle screw systems and methods of assembling/installing the same |
US7662172B2 (en) | 2004-10-25 | 2010-02-16 | X-Spine Systems, Inc. | Pedicle screw systems and methods of assembling/installing the same |
US7691129B2 (en) | 2004-10-27 | 2010-04-06 | Felix Brent A | Spinal stabilizing system |
US7513905B2 (en) | 2004-11-03 | 2009-04-07 | Jackson Roger P | Polyaxial bone screw |
US7572279B2 (en) | 2004-11-10 | 2009-08-11 | Jackson Roger P | Polyaxial bone screw with discontinuous helically wound capture connection |
US7625396B2 (en) | 2004-11-23 | 2009-12-01 | Jackson Roger P | Polyaxial bone screw with multi-part shank retainer |
EP1816990A4 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2009-10-14 | Univ California | Systems, devices and methods for treatment of intervertebral disorders |
US7811288B2 (en) | 2004-12-02 | 2010-10-12 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Instruments and methods for adjusting separation distance of vertebral bodies with a minimally invasive spinal stabilization procedure |
US7578833B2 (en) | 2004-12-13 | 2009-08-25 | Dr. Robert S. Bray, Jr. | Bone fastener assembly for bone retention apparatus |
US8066749B2 (en) | 2004-12-13 | 2011-11-29 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Implant for stabilizing a bone graft during spinal fusion |
US7306606B2 (en) | 2004-12-15 | 2007-12-11 | Orthopaedic Innovations, Inc. | Multi-axial bone screw mechanism |
EP1719468A1 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2006-11-08 | Zimmer GmbH | Intervertebral stabilization system |
US20060149242A1 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2006-07-06 | Gary Kraus | Spinal stabilization systems supplemented with diagnostically opaque materials |
US7704270B2 (en) | 2004-12-22 | 2010-04-27 | Stryker Spine | Variable offset connectors and bone fixation methods |
FR2880256B1 (en) | 2004-12-30 | 2007-04-06 | Neuro France Implants Sarl | SYSTEM OF VERTEBRAL OSTEOSYNTHESIS |
US20060229613A1 (en) | 2004-12-31 | 2006-10-12 | Timm Jens P | Sheath assembly for spinal stabilization device |
US7445627B2 (en) | 2005-01-31 | 2008-11-04 | Alpinespine, Llc | Polyaxial pedicle screw assembly |
US20070088359A1 (en) | 2005-02-07 | 2007-04-19 | Woods Richard W | Universal dynamic spine stabilization device and method of use |
US7294129B2 (en) | 2005-02-18 | 2007-11-13 | Ebi, L.P. | Spinal fixation device and associated method |
US7862588B2 (en) | 2005-02-18 | 2011-01-04 | Samy Abdou | Devices and methods for dynamic fixation of skeletal structure |
US7361196B2 (en) | 2005-02-22 | 2008-04-22 | Stryker Spine | Apparatus and method for dynamic vertebral stabilization |
US8167913B2 (en) | 2005-03-03 | 2012-05-01 | Altus Partners, Llc | Spinal stabilization using bone anchor and anchor seat with tangential locking feature |
US7594924B2 (en) | 2005-03-03 | 2009-09-29 | Accelerated Innovation, Llc | Spinal stabilization using bone anchor seat and cross coupling with improved locking feature |
US7951172B2 (en) | 2005-03-04 | 2011-05-31 | Depuy Spine Sarl | Constrained motion bone screw assembly |
US20060229607A1 (en) | 2005-03-16 | 2006-10-12 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Systems, kits and methods for treatment of the spinal column using elongate support members |
US7338491B2 (en) | 2005-03-22 | 2008-03-04 | Spinefrontier Inc | Spinal fixation locking mechanism |
WO2006102605A2 (en) | 2005-03-23 | 2006-09-28 | Alphaspine, Inc. | Percutaneous pedicle screw assembly |
EP1871302A4 (en) | 2005-03-25 | 2012-05-02 | Blackstone Medical Inc | Multi-axial connection system |
US20060241757A1 (en) | 2005-03-31 | 2006-10-26 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Intervertebral prosthetic device for spinal stabilization and method of manufacturing same |
US20060235385A1 (en) | 2005-03-31 | 2006-10-19 | Dale Whipple | Low profile polyaxial screw |
JP4964226B2 (en) | 2005-04-04 | 2012-06-27 | ジンマー ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング | Pedicle screw |
US7708762B2 (en) | 2005-04-08 | 2010-05-04 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Systems, devices and methods for stabilization of the spinal column |
MX2007012493A (en) | 2005-04-08 | 2008-03-14 | Paradigm Spine Llc | Interspinous vertebral and lumbosacral stabilization devices and methods of use. |
US7794481B2 (en) | 2005-04-22 | 2010-09-14 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Force limiting coupling assemblies for spinal implants |
US20060247631A1 (en) | 2005-04-27 | 2006-11-02 | Ahn Sae Y | Spinal pedicle screw assembly |
US20060247623A1 (en) | 2005-04-29 | 2006-11-02 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Local delivery of an active agent from an orthopedic implant |
US7585312B2 (en) | 2005-04-29 | 2009-09-08 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Spinal stabilization apparatus and method |
US7850715B2 (en) | 2005-04-29 | 2010-12-14 | Warsaw Orthopedic Inc. | Orthopedic implant apparatus |
US20060264937A1 (en) | 2005-05-04 | 2006-11-23 | White Patrick M | Mobile spine stabilization device |
US20060264935A1 (en) | 2005-05-04 | 2006-11-23 | White Patrick M | Orthopedic stabilization device |
US7828830B2 (en) | 2005-05-12 | 2010-11-09 | Lanx, Inc. | Dynamic spinal stabilization |
US7763051B2 (en) | 2005-06-10 | 2010-07-27 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Posterior dynamic stabilization systems and methods |
US7828825B2 (en) | 2005-06-20 | 2010-11-09 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Multi-level multi-functional spinal stabilization systems and methods |
US7799060B2 (en) | 2005-06-20 | 2010-09-21 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Multi-directional spinal stabilization systems and methods |
US20070016190A1 (en) | 2005-07-14 | 2007-01-18 | Medical Device Concepts Llc | Dynamic spinal stabilization system |
US7811309B2 (en) | 2005-07-26 | 2010-10-12 | Applied Spine Technologies, Inc. | Dynamic spine stabilization device with travel-limiting functionality |
US7713288B2 (en) | 2005-08-03 | 2010-05-11 | Applied Spine Technologies, Inc. | Spring junction and assembly methods for spinal device |
US7699875B2 (en) | 2006-04-17 | 2010-04-20 | Applied Spine Technologies, Inc. | Spinal stabilization device with weld cap |
US7625394B2 (en) | 2005-08-05 | 2009-12-01 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Coupling assemblies for spinal implants |
WO2007025236A2 (en) | 2005-08-26 | 2007-03-01 | Innovative Spinal Technologies | Alignment instrument for dynamic spinal stabilization systems |
CH705709B1 (en) | 2005-08-29 | 2013-05-15 | Bird Biedermann Ag | Spinal implant. |
US7533672B2 (en) | 2005-09-06 | 2009-05-19 | Synthes Usa, Llc | Methods and apparatus for vascular protection in spinal surgery |
DE502006002049D1 (en) | 2005-09-13 | 2008-12-24 | Bird Biedermann Ag | Dynamic clamping device for spinal implant |
US20070083200A1 (en) | 2005-09-23 | 2007-04-12 | Gittings Darin C | Spinal stabilization systems and methods |
US7879074B2 (en) | 2005-09-27 | 2011-02-01 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Posterior dynamic stabilization systems and methods |
US7988694B2 (en) * | 2005-09-29 | 2011-08-02 | K2M, Inc. | Spinal fixation system having locking and unlocking devices for use with a multi-planar, taper lock screw |
CA2624114A1 (en) | 2005-09-30 | 2007-04-12 | Paradigm Spine, Llc | Hinged polyaxial screw and methods of use |
EP1942816A4 (en) | 2005-10-06 | 2012-03-14 | Samy M Abdou | Devices and methods for inter-vertebral orthopedic device placement |
US7927359B2 (en) | 2005-10-06 | 2011-04-19 | Paradigm Spine, Llc | Polyaxial screw |
US20070093814A1 (en) | 2005-10-11 | 2007-04-26 | Callahan Ronald Ii | Dynamic spinal stabilization systems |
US8075599B2 (en) | 2005-10-18 | 2011-12-13 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Adjustable bone anchor assembly |
US7862591B2 (en) | 2005-11-10 | 2011-01-04 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Intervertebral prosthetic device for spinal stabilization and method of implanting same |
WO2007061960A2 (en) | 2005-11-18 | 2007-05-31 | Life Spine, Inc. | Dynamic spinal stabilization devices and systems |
US7699873B2 (en) | 2005-11-23 | 2010-04-20 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Spinous process anchoring systems and methods |
AU2005338664A1 (en) | 2005-12-01 | 2007-06-07 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Side-loading adjustable bone anchor |
US7819899B2 (en) | 2006-01-03 | 2010-10-26 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Instrument for pedicle screw adhesive materials |
US7918792B2 (en) | 2006-01-04 | 2011-04-05 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Surgical retractor for use with minimally invasive spinal stabilization systems and methods of minimally invasive surgery |
US7520879B2 (en) | 2006-02-07 | 2009-04-21 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Surgical instruments and techniques for percutaneous placement of spinal stabilization elements |
US8029545B2 (en) | 2006-02-07 | 2011-10-04 | Warsaw Orthopedic Inc. | Articulating connecting member and anchor systems for spinal stabilization |
US20070233068A1 (en) | 2006-02-22 | 2007-10-04 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Intervertebral prosthetic assembly for spinal stabilization and method of implanting same |
US20070233090A1 (en) | 2006-02-23 | 2007-10-04 | Naifeh Bill R | Aligning cross-connector |
US20070233091A1 (en) | 2006-02-23 | 2007-10-04 | Naifeh Bill R | Multi-level spherical linkage implant system |
US8262696B2 (en) | 2006-02-24 | 2012-09-11 | Medical Design, LLC | Multilevel facet/laminar fixation system |
US8088148B2 (en) | 2006-02-24 | 2012-01-03 | Medical Design, LLC | Dynamic/static facet fixation device and method |
US8470008B2 (en) | 2006-03-01 | 2013-06-25 | Warsaw Othropedic, Inc. | Modular fastener assemblies for spinal stabilization systems and methods |
US7927358B2 (en) | 2006-03-07 | 2011-04-19 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Spinal stabilization device |
US7842072B2 (en) | 2006-03-16 | 2010-11-30 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Spinal fixation device with variable stiffness |
US8025681B2 (en) | 2006-03-29 | 2011-09-27 | Theken Spine, Llc | Dynamic motion spinal stabilization system |
US20070288012A1 (en) | 2006-04-21 | 2007-12-13 | Dennis Colleran | Dynamic motion spinal stabilization system and device |
US8435267B2 (en) | 2006-04-24 | 2013-05-07 | Spinefrontier Inc | Spine fixation method and apparatus |
US7563274B2 (en) | 2006-04-25 | 2009-07-21 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Surgical instruments and techniques for controlling spinal motion segments with positioning of spinal stabilization elements |
US20070270838A1 (en) | 2006-05-08 | 2007-11-22 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Dynamic spinal stabilization device with dampener |
US8012179B2 (en) | 2006-05-08 | 2011-09-06 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Dynamic spinal stabilization members and methods |
US7785350B2 (en) | 2006-05-08 | 2010-08-31 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Load bearing flexible spinal connecting element |
US20070288009A1 (en) | 2006-06-08 | 2007-12-13 | Steven Brown | Dynamic spinal stabilization device |
US7927356B2 (en) | 2006-07-07 | 2011-04-19 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Dynamic constructs for spinal stabilization |
US7967847B2 (en) | 2006-07-24 | 2011-06-28 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Spinal stabilization and reconstruction with fusion rods |
US20080033433A1 (en) | 2006-08-01 | 2008-02-07 | Dante Implicito | Dynamic spinal stabilization device |
US7806913B2 (en) | 2006-08-16 | 2010-10-05 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Modular multi-level spine stabilization system and method |
US9526525B2 (en) | 2006-08-22 | 2016-12-27 | Neuropro Technologies, Inc. | Percutaneous system for dynamic spinal stabilization |
US20080065073A1 (en) | 2006-09-08 | 2008-03-13 | Michael Perriello | Offset dynamic motion spinal stabilization system |
US8425601B2 (en) | 2006-09-11 | 2013-04-23 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Spinal stabilization devices and methods of use |
US20080071273A1 (en) | 2006-09-15 | 2008-03-20 | Hawkes David T | Dynamic Pedicle Screw System |
MX2009005843A (en) | 2006-12-10 | 2009-06-16 | Paradigm Spine Llc | Posterior functionally dynamic stabilization system. |
US7828824B2 (en) | 2006-12-15 | 2010-11-09 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Facet joint prosthesis |
US7875059B2 (en) | 2007-01-18 | 2011-01-25 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Variable stiffness support members |
US9414861B2 (en) | 2007-02-09 | 2016-08-16 | Transcendental Spine, Llc | Dynamic stabilization device |
EP2142120A4 (en) | 2007-03-30 | 2012-07-25 | Exactech Inc | Multi-level minimally invasive spinal stabilization system |
US8070775B2 (en) * | 2007-06-05 | 2011-12-06 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Deflection rod system for a dynamic stabilization and motion preservation spinal implantation system and method |
US8021396B2 (en) * | 2007-06-05 | 2011-09-20 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Configurable dynamic spinal rod and method for dynamic stabilization of the spine |
US8313515B2 (en) * | 2007-06-15 | 2012-11-20 | Rachiotek, Llc | Multi-level spinal stabilization system |
US20090171395A1 (en) * | 2007-12-28 | 2009-07-02 | Jeon Dong M | Dynamic spinal rod system |
US8057517B2 (en) * | 2008-02-26 | 2011-11-15 | Spartek Medical, Inc. | Load-sharing component having a deflectable post and centering spring and method for dynamic stabilization of the spine |
-
2011
- 2011-01-27 US US13/014,868 patent/US8518085B2/en active Active
- 2011-01-27 US US13/014,878 patent/US20110307018A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2011-01-27 US US13/014,894 patent/US20110307015A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2011-06-03 WO PCT/US2011/039144 patent/WO2011156236A2/en active Application Filing
Cited By (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN107635493A (en) * | 2015-04-17 | 2018-01-26 | 阿比菲克斯有限公司 | Expansible multi-axial spinal internal fixation system |
JP2018511415A (en) * | 2015-04-17 | 2018-04-26 | アピフィックス・リミテッド | Telescopic polyaxial spine system |
US20180125533A1 (en) * | 2015-04-17 | 2018-05-10 | Apifix Ltd. | Expandable polyaxial spinal system |
CN112401997A (en) * | 2015-04-17 | 2021-02-26 | 爱復股份有限公司 | Expandable multi-axial spinal internal fixation system |
JP2021192811A (en) * | 2015-04-17 | 2021-12-23 | アピフィックス・リミテッド | Extending multiaxial spinal system |
US11547450B2 (en) * | 2015-04-17 | 2023-01-10 | Apifix Ltd. | Expandable polyaxial spinal system |
EP3975891A4 (en) * | 2019-06-03 | 2023-08-09 | Apifix Ltd. | Expandable polyaxial spinal system |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2011156236A3 (en) | 2012-04-19 |
WO2011156236A2 (en) | 2011-12-15 |
US20110307018A1 (en) | 2011-12-15 |
US8518085B2 (en) | 2013-08-27 |
US20110307013A1 (en) | 2011-12-15 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US8518085B2 (en) | Adaptive spinal rod and methods for stabilization of the spine | |
USRE46371E1 (en) | Bone fixation assembly and method | |
US8257397B2 (en) | Low profile spinal prosthesis incorporating a bone anchor having a deflectable post and a compound spinal rod | |
US9498258B2 (en) | Adjustable-angle spinal fixation element | |
US8657858B2 (en) | Bottom-loading pedicle screw assembly | |
EP1023873B1 (en) | Spinal fixation system | |
EP1708630B1 (en) | Vertebral osteosynthesis equipment | |
US7993373B2 (en) | Polyaxial orthopedic fastening apparatus | |
US8007518B2 (en) | Load-sharing component having a deflectable post and method for dynamic stabilization of the spine | |
US20080015597A1 (en) | Large diameter bone anchor assembly | |
US8092501B2 (en) | Dynamic spinal rod and method for dynamic stabilization of the spine | |
US20200205860A1 (en) | Spinal distraction system | |
JP2009512466A (en) | Multi-axis screw | |
JP2009511171A (en) | Multi-directional moving device for fixing the spine during osteosynthesis surgery | |
US20120203280A1 (en) | Low profile spinal prosthesis incorporating a cannulated bone anchor having a deflectable post and a compound spinal rod |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: SPARTEK MEDICAL, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:ZUCHERMAN, JAMES F.;WINSLOW, CHARLES J.;HSU, KEN Y.;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20110201 TO 20110205;REEL/FRAME:025872/0229 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |